]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
2010-05-18 Hui Zhu <teawater@gmail.com>
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
40b36596 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
11@c in config/obj-*.c
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
73@c
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
78@c
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
83@c discretion, of course.
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
90@ifinfo
91@format
92START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
252b5132
RH
95END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
96@end format
97@end ifinfo
98
99@finalout
100@syncodeindex ky cp
101
0e9517a9 102@copying
252b5132
RH
103This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
104
0285c67d 105@c man begin COPYRIGHT
0e9517a9 106Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
40b36596 1072006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
ad22bfe8 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
40b36596 1572006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 158
cf055d54 159 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 160 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
161 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
162 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
163 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 164 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 165
252b5132 166@end titlepage
4ecceb71 167@contents
252b5132 168
2e64b665 169@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
170@node Top
171@top Using @value{AS}
172
e49e529d
JM
173This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
174@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
175@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
176@end ifset
177version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 178@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 179This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
180code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
181@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
182
183This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
184Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 185section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 186
252b5132
RH
187@menu
188* Overview:: Overview
189* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
190* Syntax:: Syntax
191* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
192* Symbols:: Symbols
193* Expressions:: Expressions
194* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
195@ifset ELF
196* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
197@end ifset
252b5132
RH
198* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
199* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
200* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 201* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 202* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 203@end menu
2e64b665 204@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
205
206@node Overview
207@chapter Overview
208@iftex
a4fb0134 209This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 210@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 211This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
212code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
213@end ifclear
214@end iftex
215
216@cindex invocation summary
217@cindex option summary
218@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 219Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 220see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 221
0285c67d
NC
222@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
223
a4fb0134 224@ignore
0285c67d
NC
225@c man begin SEEALSO
226gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
227@c man end
a4fb0134 228@end ignore
0285c67d 229
252b5132
RH
230@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
231@c to be limited to one line for the header.
232@smallexample
0285c67d 233@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 234@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
3d6b762c 235 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
237 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
238 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
239 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
240 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
241 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
243 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
244 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
245 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
246@c
247@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
248@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
249@ifset ALPHA
250
251@emph{Target Alpha options:}
252 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
253 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 254 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
255 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
256 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
257@end ifset
252b5132 258@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
259
260@emph{Target ARC options:}
261 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
262 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
263@end ifset
264@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
265
266@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 267@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
268 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
269 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
270 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
271 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 272 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 273 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
275 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
276 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 277 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 278@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
279@ifset Blackfin
280
281@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
283 [@b{-mfdpic}]
284 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
285 [@b{-mnopic}]
286@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
287@ifset CRIS
288
289@emph{Target CRIS options:}
290 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
291 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
292 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 293 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
294@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
295@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
296@end ifset
252b5132 297@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
298
299@emph{Target D10V options:}
300 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
301@end ifset
302@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
303
304@emph{Target D30V options:}
305 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
306@end ifset
307@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
308
309@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
310 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
311@end ifset
312@ifset HPPA
313@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
314@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
315@ifset I80386
316
317@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 318 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 319 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
322
323@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 324@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
325 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
326 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
327 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 328@end ifset
587fe2b3 329@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 330
9e32ca89
NC
331@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
332 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
333 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
334 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 335 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 336 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 337 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
338 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
339@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
340@ifset IP2K
341
342@emph{Target IP2K options:}
343 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
344@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
345@ifset M32C
346
347@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 348 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 349@end ifset
587fe2b3 350@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 351
a4fb0134
SC
352@emph{Target M32R options:}
353 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 354 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 355@end ifset
252b5132 356@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
357
358@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
359 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 360@end ifset
60bcf0fa 361@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
362
363@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 364 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
365 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
366 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 367 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
368 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
369 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
370@end ifset
371@ifset MCORE
372
373@emph{Target MCORE options:}
374 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
375 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 376@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
377@ifset MICROBLAZE
378@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
379@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
380@end ifset
252b5132 381@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
382
383@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 384 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 385 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 386 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
387 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
388 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 389 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 390 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
391 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
392 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 393 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 394 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 395 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 396 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 397 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 398 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 399 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
400 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
401 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
402 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 403 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 404 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
405@end ifset
406@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
407
408@emph{Target MMIX options:}
409 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
410 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
411 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 412 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
413@end ifset
414@ifset PDP11
415
416@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
417 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
418 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
419 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
420@end ifset
421@ifset PJ
422
423@emph{Target picoJava options:}
424 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
425@end ifset
426@ifset PPC
427
428@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
429 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 430 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 431 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
432 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
433 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
434 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
435 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
436@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
437@ifset RX
438
439@emph{Target RX options:}
440 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
441 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
442 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
443@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
444@ifset S390
445
446@emph{Target s390 options:}
447 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
448 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
449 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
450@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
451@ifset SCORE
452
453@emph{Target SCORE options:}
454 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
455 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
456 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
457 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
458@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
459@ifset SPARC
460
461@emph{Target SPARC options:}
462@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
463 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
464 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
465 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
466 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset TIC54X
469
470@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
471 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
472 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
473@end ifset
3c9b82ba 474
40b36596
JM
475@ifset TIC6X
476
477@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
478 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-matomic}|@b{-mno-atomic}]
479 [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
480@end ifset
481
3c9b82ba
NC
482@ifset Z80
483
484@emph{Target Z80 options:}
485 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
486 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
487 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
488 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
489 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
490 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
491 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
492@end ifset
493
a4fb0134
SC
494@ifset Z8000
495@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 496@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
497@ifset XTENSA
498
499@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 500 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 501 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 502 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 503 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 504@end ifset
0285c67d 505@c man end
252b5132
RH
506@end smallexample
507
0285c67d
NC
508@c man begin OPTIONS
509
a4fb0134 510@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 511@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 512
83f10cb2 513@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
514Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
515
a4fb0134 516@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
517@item -ac
518omit false conditionals
519
520@item -ad
521omit debugging directives
522
83f10cb2
NC
523@item -ag
524include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
525
252b5132
RH
526@item -ah
527include high-level source
528
529@item -al
530include assembly
531
532@item -am
533include macro expansions
534
535@item -an
536omit forms processing
537
538@item -as
539include symbols
540
541@item =file
542set the name of the listing file
543@end table
544
545You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
546listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
547the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
548
caa32fe5 549@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
550Begin in alternate macro mode.
551@ifclear man
552@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
553@end ifclear
caa32fe5 554
252b5132
RH
555@item -D
556Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
557other assemblers.
558
3d6b762c
JM
559@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
560When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
561information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
562
252b5132
RH
563@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
564Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
565@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
566indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
567value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
568use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
569
570@item -f
571``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
572compiler output).
573
329e276d
NC
574@item -g
575@itemx --gen-debug
576Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
577debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
578ECOFF or DWARF2.
579
252b5132
RH
580@item --gstabs
581Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
582may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
583
05da4302
NC
584@item --gstabs+
585Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
586extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
587debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
588may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
589the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
590
329e276d 591@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 592Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 593may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 594option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 595
252b5132
RH
596@item --help
597Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
598
ea20a7da
CC
599@item --target-help
600Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
601
252b5132
RH
602@item -I @var{dir}
603Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
604
605@item -J
606Don't warn about signed overflow.
607
608@item -K
609@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
610This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
611@end ifclear
612@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
613Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
614@end ifset
615
616@item -L
617@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
618Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
619system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
620or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
621@ifclear man
622@xref{Symbol Names}.
623@end ifclear
252b5132 624
c3a27914
NC
625@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
626Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
627listing to @var{number}.
628
629@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
630Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
631lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
632
633@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
634Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
635@var{number} bytes.
636
637@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
638Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
639to @var{number} + 1.
640
252b5132 641@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 642Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
643
644@item -R
645Fold the data section into the text section.
646
4bdd3565
NC
647@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
648Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
649@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
650assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
651memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
652requirements at the expense of speed.
653
654@item --reduce-memory-overheads
655This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
656assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
657@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
658
252b5132
RH
659@item --statistics
660Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
661assembly.
662
663@item --strip-local-absolute
664Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
665
666@item -v
667@itemx -version
a4fb0134 668Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
669
670@item --version
a4fb0134 671Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
672
673@item -W
2bdd6cf5 674@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
675Suppress warning messages.
676
2bdd6cf5
GK
677@item --fatal-warnings
678Treat warnings as errors.
679
680@item --warn
681Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
682
252b5132
RH
683@item -w
684Ignored.
685
686@item -x
687Ignored.
688
689@item -Z
690Generate an object file even after errors.
691
692@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
693Standard input, or source files to assemble.
694
695@end table
696
697@ifset ARC
698The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
699an ARC processor.
700
a4fb0134 701@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
702@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
703This option selects the core processor variant.
704@item -EB | -EL
705Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
706@end table
707@end ifset
708
709@ifset ARM
710The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
711processor family.
712
a4fb0134 713@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 714@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 715Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 716@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 717Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 718@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 719Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
720@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
721Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
722@item -mthumb
723Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 724@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
725Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
726@item -EB | -EL
727Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
728@item -mthumb-interwork
729Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
730ARM code in mind.
731@item -k
732Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
733@end table
734@end ifset
735
9982501a
JZ
736@ifset Blackfin
737The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
738the Blackfin processor family.
739
740@table @gcctabopt
741@item -mcpu=@var{processor}@r{[}-@var{sirevision}@r{]}
742This option specifies the target processor. The optional @var{sirevision}
743is not used in assembler.
744@item -mfdpic
745Assemble for the FDPIC ABI.
746@item -mno-fdpic/-mnopic
747Disable -mfdpic.
748@end table
749@end ifset
750
328eb32e
HPN
751@ifset CRIS
752See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
753@end ifset
754
252b5132
RH
755@ifset D10V
756The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
757a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 758@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
759@cindex D10V optimization
760@cindex optimization, D10V
761@item -O
762Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
763@end table
764@end ifset
765
766@ifset D30V
767The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
768processor.
a4fb0134 769@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
770@cindex D30V optimization
771@cindex optimization, D30V
772@item -O
773Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
774
775@cindex D30V nops
776@item -n
777Warn when nops are generated.
778
779@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
780@item -N
781Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
782@end table
783@end ifset
784
785@ifset I960
786The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
787Intel 80960 processor.
788
a4fb0134 789@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
790@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
791Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
792
793@item -b
794Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
795
796@item -no-relax
797Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
798error if necessary.
799
800@end table
801@end ifset
802
a40cbfa3
NC
803@ifset IP2K
804The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 805Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
806
807@table @gcctabopt
808
809@item -mip2022ext
810Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
811
812@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 813Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
814just the basic IP2022 ones.
815
816@end table
817@end ifset
818
49f58d10
JB
819@ifset M32C
820The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
821Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
822
823@table @gcctabopt
824
825@item -m32c
826Assemble M32C instructions.
827
828@item -m16c
829Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
830
c54b5932
DD
831@item -relax
832Enable support for link-time relaxations.
833
834@item -h-tick-hex
835Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
836
49f58d10
JB
837@end table
838@end ifset
839
ec694b89
NC
840@ifset M32R
841The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 842Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 843
a4fb0134 844@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
845
846@item --m32rx
847Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
848is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
849
850@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
851Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
852encountered.
853
854@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
855Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
856encountered.
857
858@end table
859@end ifset
252b5132
RH
860
861@ifset M680X0
862The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
863Motorola 68000 series.
864
a4fb0134 865@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
866
867@item -l
868Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
869
0285c67d
NC
870@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
871@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
872@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
873Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
874is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
875
876@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
877The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
878The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
879the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
880two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
881coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
882
883@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
884The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
885unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
886
887@end table
888@end ifset
889
e135f41b
NC
890@ifset PDP11
891
892For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
893see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
894
a4fb0134 895@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
896@item -mpic | -mno-pic
897Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 898default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
899
900@item -mall
901@itemx -mall-extensions
902Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
903
904@item -mno-extensions
905Disable all instruction set extensions.
906
907@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
908Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
909
910@item -m@var{cpu}
911Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
912disable all other extensions.
913
914@item -m@var{machine}
915Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
916model, and disable all other extensions.
917@end table
918
919@end ifset
920
041dd5a9
ILT
921@ifset PJ
922The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
923a picoJava processor.
924
a4fb0134 925@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
926
927@cindex PJ endianness
928@cindex endianness, PJ
929@cindex big endian output, PJ
930@item -mb
931Generate ``big endian'' format output.
932
933@cindex little endian output, PJ
934@item -ml
935Generate ``little endian'' format output.
936
937@end table
938@end ifset
939
60bcf0fa
NC
940@ifset M68HC11
941The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
942Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
943
a4fb0134 944@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 945
d01030e6 946@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
947Specify what processor is the target. The default is
948defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
949
2f904664
SC
950@item -mshort
951Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
952
953@item -mlong
954Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
955
956@item -mshort-double
957Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
958
959@item -mlong-double
960Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
961
1370e33d 962@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
963Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
964conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
965sub routine.
966
1370e33d
NC
967@item -S | --short-branches
968Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
969when the offset is out of range.
970
971@item --strict-direct-mode
972Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
973when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
974
975@item --print-insn-syntax
976Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
977
978@item --print-opcodes
979print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
980
981@item --generate-example
982print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 983This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
984
985@end table
986@end ifset
987
252b5132 988@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 989The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
990for the SPARC architecture:
991
a4fb0134 992@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
993@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
994@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
995Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
996
997@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
998@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
999
1000@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1001UltraSPARC extensions.
1002
1003@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1004For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1005equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1006
1007@item -bump
1008Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1009@end table
1010@end ifset
1011
39bec121
TW
1012@ifset TIC54X
1013The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
1014architecture.
1015
a4fb0134 1016@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1017@item -mfar-mode
1018Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1019extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1020@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1021Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1022@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1023Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1024behaviour in the shell.
1025@end table
1026@end ifset
1027
252b5132
RH
1028@ifset MIPS
1029The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1030a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1031
a4fb0134 1032@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1033@item -G @var{num}
1034This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1035implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1036use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1037
1038@cindex MIPS endianness
1039@cindex endianness, MIPS
1040@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1041@item -EB
1042Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1043
1044@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1045@item -EL
1046Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1047
1048@cindex MIPS ISA
1049@item -mips1
1050@itemx -mips2
1051@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1052@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1053@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1054@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1055@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1056@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1057@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1058Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1059@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1060alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1061@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1062@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1063@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1064correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1065@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1066and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1067ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1068
1069@item -march=@var{CPU}
1070Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1071
1072@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1073Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1074
1075@item -mfix7000
1076@itemx -mno-fix7000
1077Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1078of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1079
ecb4347a
DJ
1080@item -mdebug
1081@itemx -no-mdebug
1082Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1083section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1084
dcd410fe
RO
1085@item -mpdr
1086@itemx -mno-pdr
1087Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1088
437ee9d5
TS
1089@item -mgp32
1090@itemx -mfp32
1091The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1092flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1093all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1094and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1095
1096@item -mips16
1097@itemx -no-mips16
1098Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1099@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1100turns off this option.
252b5132 1101
e16bfa71
TS
1102@item -msmartmips
1103@itemx -mno-smartmips
1104Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1105equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1106@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1107
1f25f5d3
CD
1108@item -mips3d
1109@itemx -no-mips3d
1110Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1111This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1112@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1113
deec1734
CD
1114@item -mdmx
1115@itemx -no-mdmx
1116Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1117This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1118@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1119
2ef2b9ae
CF
1120@item -mdsp
1121@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1122Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1123This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1124@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1125
8b082fb1
TS
1126@item -mdspr2
1127@itemx -mno-dspr2
1128Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1129This option implies -mdsp.
1130This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1131@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1132
ef2e4d86
CF
1133@item -mmt
1134@itemx -mno-mt
1135Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1136This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1137@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1138
437ee9d5
TS
1139@item --construct-floats
1140@itemx --no-construct-floats
1141The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1142double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1143value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1144the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1145selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1146
1147@cindex emulation
1148@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1149This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1150for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1151between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1152debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1153endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1154@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1155@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1156of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1157the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1158in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1159selection in any case.
1160
1161This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1162@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1163Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1164@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1165the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1166configuration includes support for both.
1167
1168Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1169fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1170more processors.
1171
1172@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1173@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1174the native tools.
1175
252b5132
RH
1176@item --trap
1177@itemx --no-trap
1178@itemx --break
1179@itemx --no-break
1180Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1181@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1182(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1183@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1184break exception.
63486801
L
1185
1186@item -n
a4fb0134 1187When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1188time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1189@end table
1190@end ifset
1191
1192@ifset MCORE
1193The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1194an MCore processor.
1195
a4fb0134 1196@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1197@item -jsri2bsr
1198@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1199Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1200The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1201
1202@item -sifilter
1203@itemx -nosifilter
1204Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1205The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1206
1207@item -relax
1208Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1209
ec694b89
NC
1210@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1211Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1212can be assembled.
1213
1214@item -EB
1215Assemble for a big endian target.
1216
1217@item -EL
1218Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1219
1220@end table
1221@end ifset
1222
3c3bdf30
NC
1223@ifset MMIX
1224See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1225@end ifset
1226
046d31c2
NC
1227@ifset RX
1228See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1229@end ifset
1230
11c19e16
MS
1231@ifset S390
1232The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1233processor family.
1234
1235@table @gcctabopt
1236@item -m31
1237@itemx -m64
1238Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1239@item -mesa
1240@item -mzarch
1241Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1242Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1243@item -march=@var{processor}
1244Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1245@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1246@item -mregnames
1247@itemx -mno-regnames
1248Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1249@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1250Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1251but evaluates to zero.
1252@end table
1253@end ifset
1254
40b36596
JM
1255@ifset TIC6X
1256The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1257TMS320C6000 processor.
1258
1259@table @gcctabopt
1260@item -march=@var{arch}
1261Enable (only) instructions from architecture @var{arch}. By default,
1262all instructions are permitted.
1263
1264The following values of @var{arch} are accepted: @code{c62x},
1265@code{c64x}, @code{c64x+}, @code{c67x}, @code{c67x+}, @code{c674x}.
1266
1267@item -matomic
1268@itemx -mno-atomic
1269Enable or disable the optional C64x+ atomic operation instructions.
1270By default, they are enabled if no @option{-march} option is given, or
1271if an architecture is specified with @option{-march} that implies
1272these instructions are present (currently, there are no such
1273architectures); they are disabled if an architecture is specified with
1274@option{-march} on which the instructions are optional or not
1275present. This option overrides such a default from the architecture,
1276independent of the order in which the @option{-march} or
1277@option{-matomic} or @option{-mno-atomic} options are passed.
1278
1279@item -mbig-endian
1280@itemx -mlittle-endian
1281Generate code for the specified endianness. The default is
1282little-endian.
1283@end table
1284
1285@end ifset
1286
e0001a05
NC
1287@ifset XTENSA
1288The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1289an Xtensa processor.
1290
1291@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1292@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1293With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1294in the text section. The default is
1295@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1296separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1297referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1298absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1299
1300@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1301Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1302or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1303if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1304option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1305
1306@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1307Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1308expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1309
1310@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1311Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1312across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1313@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1314
1315@item --transform | --no-transform
1316Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1317The default is @option{--transform};
1318@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1319instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1320
1321@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1322When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1323@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1324@end table
1325@end ifset
1326
3c9b82ba
NC
1327@ifset Z80
1328The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1329a Z80 family processor.
1330@table @gcctabopt
1331@item -z80
1332Assemble for Z80 processor.
1333@item -r800
1334Assemble for R800 processor.
1335@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
1336@itemx -Wnud
1337Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
1338@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
1339@itemx -Wnup
1340Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
1341@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
1342@itemx -Wud
1343Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
1344@item -warn-unportable-instructions
1345@itemx -Wup
b45619c0 1346Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
3c9b82ba
NC
1347@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
1348@itemx -Fud
1349Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
1350@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
1351@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1352Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1353@end table
1354@end ifset
1355
0285c67d
NC
1356@c man end
1357
252b5132
RH
1358@menu
1359* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1360* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1361* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1362* Command Line:: Command Line
1363* Input Files:: Input Files
1364* Object:: Output (Object) File
1365* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1366@end menu
1367
1368@node Manual
1369@section Structure of this Manual
1370
1371@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1372This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1373@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1374notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1375@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1376
1377@ifclear GENERIC
1378We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1379configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1380@end ifclear
1381@ifset GENERIC
1382This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1383various flavors of the assembler.
1384@end ifset
1385
1386@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1387On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1388to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1389In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1390architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1391mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1392particular architecture.
1393@ifset GENERIC
1394You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1395machine architecture manual for this information.
1396@end ifset
1397@ifclear GENERIC
1398@ifset H8/300
1399For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1400Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1401Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1402@end ifset
252b5132 1403@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1404For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1405see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1406@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1407@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1408@end ifset
1409@ifset Z8000
1410For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1411@end ifset
1412@end ifclear
1413
1414@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1415@ignore
1416Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1417the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1418Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1419computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1420once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1421qualification.
1422
a4fb0134 1423@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1424human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1425computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1426@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1427@end ignore
1428
1429@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1430@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1431@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1432@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1433@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1434@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1435@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1436@c directives).
1437
1438@node GNU Assembler
1439@section The GNU Assembler
1440
0285c67d
NC
1441@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1442
a4fb0134 1443@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1444@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1445This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1446configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1447@end ifclear
1448If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1449should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1450architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1451including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1452@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1453
1454@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1455@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1456@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1457@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1458assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1459machine would assemble.
1460@ifset VAX
1461Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1462@end ifset
1463@ifset M680X0
1464@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1465@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1466This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1467assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1468incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1469@end ifset
1470
0285c67d
NC
1471@c man end
1472
a4fb0134 1473Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1474program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1475@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1476
1477@node Object Formats
1478@section Object File Formats
1479
1480@cindex object file format
1481The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1482object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1483write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1484are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1485Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1486@ifclear GENERIC
1487@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1488For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1489@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1490@end ifclear
1491@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1492@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1493On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1494@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1495@end ifset
1496@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1497On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1498SOM or ELF format object files.
1499@end ifset
1500@end ifclear
1501
1502@node Command Line
1503@section Command Line
1504
1505@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1506
a4fb0134 1507After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1508options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1509before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1510significant.
1511
1512@cindex standard input, as input file
1513@kindex --
1514@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1515explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1516
1517@cindex options, command line
1518Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1519hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1520@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1521option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1522the letter is important. All options are optional.
1523
1524Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1525name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1526with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1527standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1528
1529@smallexample
1530@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1531@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1532@end smallexample
1533
1534@node Input Files
1535@section Input Files
1536
1537@cindex input
1538@cindex source program
1539@cindex files, input
1540We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1541describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1542be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1543doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1544
1545@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1546@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1547The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1548order specified.
1549
0285c67d 1550@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1551Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1552program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1553(The standard input is also a file.)
1554
a4fb0134 1555You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1556names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1557command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1558is taken to be an input file name.
1559
a4fb0134
SC
1560If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1561from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1562may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1563to assemble.
1564
1565Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1566in your command line.
1567
a4fb0134 1568If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1569file.
1570
0285c67d
NC
1571@c man end
1572
252b5132
RH
1573@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1574
1575@cindex input file linenumbers
1576@cindex line numbers, in input files
1577There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1578either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1579number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1580``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1581
1582@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1583to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1584
1585@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1586directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1587error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1588is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1589@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1590@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1591
1592@node Object
1593@section Output (Object) File
1594
1595@cindex object file
1596@cindex output file
1597@kindex a.out
1598@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1599Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1600your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1601is the object file. Its default name is
1602@ifclear BOUT
1603@code{a.out}.
1604@end ifclear
1605@ifset BOUT
1606@ifset GENERIC
1607@code{a.out}, or
1608@end ifset
a4fb0134 1609@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1610@end ifset
a4fb0134 1611You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1612object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1613reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1614directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1615possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1616
1617@cindex linker
1618@kindex ld
1619The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1620assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1621the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1622information for the debugger.
1623
1624@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1625@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1626
1627@node Errors
1628@section Error and Warning Messages
1629
0285c67d
NC
1630@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1631
a349d9dd 1632@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1633@cindex warning messages
1634@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1635@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1636file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1637runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1638that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1639grave problem that stops the assembly.
1640
0285c67d
NC
1641@c man end
1642
252b5132
RH
1643@cindex format of warning messages
1644Warning messages have the format
1645
1646@smallexample
1647file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1648@end smallexample
1649
1650@noindent
1651@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1652(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1653(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1654the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1655@ifset GENERIC
1656(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1657@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1658then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1659otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1660message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1661tradition).
1662
1663@cindex format of error messages
1664Error messages have the format
1665@smallexample
1666file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1667@end smallexample
1668The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1669messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1670because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1671
1672@node Invoking
1673@chapter Command-Line Options
1674
1675@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1676This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1677versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1678for options specific
252b5132 1679@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1680to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1681@end ifclear
1682@ifset GENERIC
1683to particular machine architectures.
1684@end ifset
1685
0285c67d
NC
1686@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1687
c1253627 1688If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1689you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1690The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1691by commas. For example:
1692
1693@smallexample
1694gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1695@end smallexample
1696
1697@noindent
1698This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1699standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1700local symbols in the symbol table).
1701
1702Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1703command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1704(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1705precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1706assembler.)
1707
0285c67d
NC
1708@c man end
1709
252b5132 1710@menu
83f10cb2 1711* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1712* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1713* D:: -D for compatibility
1714* f:: -f to work faster
1715* I:: -I for .include search path
1716@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1717* K:: -K for compatibility
1718@end ifclear
1719@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1720* K:: -K for difference tables
1721@end ifset
1722
ba83aca1 1723* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1724* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1725* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1726* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1727* o:: -o to name the object file
1728* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1729* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1730* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1731* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1732* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1733* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1734@end menu
1735
1736@node a
83f10cb2 1737@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1738
1739@kindex -a
1740@kindex -ac
1741@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1742@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1743@kindex -ah
1744@kindex -al
1745@kindex -an
1746@kindex -as
1747@cindex listings, enabling
1748@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1749
1750These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1751@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1752You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1753@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1754@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1755@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1756High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1757@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1758also.
1759
83f10cb2
NC
1760Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1761information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1762
252b5132
RH
1763Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1764which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1765other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1766omitted from the listing.
1767
1768Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1769listing.
1770
1771Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1772listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1773@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1774@code{.sbttl}.
1775The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1776If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1777listing-control directives have no effect.
1778
1779The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1780@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1781
96e9638b
BW
1782Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1783because it
c3a27914
NC
1784is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1785is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1786directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1787stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1788memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1789
caa32fe5
NC
1790@node alternate
1791@section @option{--alternate}
1792
1793@kindex --alternate
1794Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1795
252b5132 1796@node D
a4fb0134 1797@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1798
1799@kindex -D
1800This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1801likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1802@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1803
1804@node f
a4fb0134 1805@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1806
1807@kindex -f
1808@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1809@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1810@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1811(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1812and comment preprocessing on
1813the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1814,Preprocessing}.
1815
1816@quotation
1817@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1818preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1819not work correctly.
1820@end quotation
1821
1822@node I
c1253627 1823@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1824
1825@kindex -I @var{path}
1826@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1827@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1828@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1829Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1830@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1831directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1832many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1833working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1834searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1835specified (left to right) on the command line.
1836
1837@node K
a4fb0134 1838@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1839
1840@kindex -K
1841@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1842On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1843permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1844where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1845generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1846family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1847alteration on other platforms.
1848@end ifclear
1849
1850@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1851@cindex difference tables, warning
1852@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1853@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1854form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1855You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1856is done.
1857@end ifset
1858
1859@node L
ba83aca1 1860@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1861
1862@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1863@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1864Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1865@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1866called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1867such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1868programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1869notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1870such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1871
1872This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1873in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1874@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1875
c3a27914 1876@node listing
a4fb0134 1877@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1878
1879The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1880@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1881hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1882them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1883directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1884@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1885@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1886@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1887
a4fb0134 1888@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1889@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1890@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1891@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1892Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1893dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1894
1895@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1896@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1897@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1898Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1899a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1900the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1901switch is used the default is to one.
1902
1903@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1904@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1905@cindex Width of source line output
1906Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1907alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1908source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1909
1910@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1911@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1912@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1913Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1914displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1915@end table
1916
252b5132 1917@node M
a4fb0134 1918@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1919
1920@kindex -M
1921@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1922The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1923changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1924compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1925configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1926MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1927information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1928arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1929assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1930
1931The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1932depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1933file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1934individually. These are:
1935
1936@itemize @bullet
1937@item global symbols in common section
1938
1939The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1940Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1941common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1942symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1943symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1944
1945@item complex relocations
1946
1947The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1948relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1949are not support by other object file formats.
1950
1951@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1952
1953The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1954This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1955instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1956script.
1957
1958@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1959
1960The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1961name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1962
1963@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1964
1965The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1966address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1967which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1968not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1969assigned within a linker script.
1970@end itemize
1971
1972There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1973@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1974seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1975
1976@itemize @bullet
1977
1978@item EBCDIC strings
1979
1980EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1981
1982@item packed binary coded decimal
1983
1984Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
1985and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
1986
1987@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
1988
1989The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
1990
1991@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
1992
1993The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
1994
1995@item @code{OPT} branch control options
1996
1997The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 1998@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
1999relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2000these options serve no purpose.
2001
2002@item @code{OPT} list control options
2003
2004The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2005@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2006@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2007
2008@item other @code{OPT} options
2009
2010The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2011@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2012
2013@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2014
2015The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2016@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2017
2018@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2019
2020The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2021
2022@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2023
2024The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2025
2026@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2027
2028The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2029
2030@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2031
2032The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2033
2034@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2035
2036The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2037
2038@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2039
2040The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2041
2042@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2043
2044The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2045
2046@end itemize
2047
2048@node MD
c1253627 2049@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2050
2051@kindex --MD
2052@cindex dependency tracking
2053@cindex make rules
2054
a4fb0134 2055@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2056file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2057dependencies of the main source file.
2058
2059The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2060
2061This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2062
2063@node o
a4fb0134 2064@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2065
2066@kindex -o
2067@cindex naming object file
2068@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2069There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2070default it has the name
2071@ifset GENERIC
2072@ifset I960
2073@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2074@end ifset
2075@ifclear I960
2076@file{a.out}.
2077@end ifclear
2078@end ifset
2079@ifclear GENERIC
2080@ifset I960
2081@file{b.out}.
2082@end ifset
2083@ifclear I960
2084@file{a.out}.
2085@end ifclear
2086@end ifclear
2087You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2088object file a different name.
2089
a4fb0134 2090Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2091existing file of the same name.
2092
2093@node R
a4fb0134 2094@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2095
2096@kindex -R
2097@cindex data and text sections, joining
2098@cindex text and data sections, joining
2099@cindex joining text and data sections
2100@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2101@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2102data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2103the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2104section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2105your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2106appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2107
a4fb0134 2108When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2109address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2110data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2111older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2112
c1253627
NC
2113@ifset COFF-ELF
2114When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2115this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2116@samp{.data}.
2117@end ifset
2118
2119@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2120@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2121@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2122@end ifset
2123
2124@node statistics
a4fb0134 2125@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2126
2127@kindex --statistics
2128@cindex statistics, about assembly
2129@cindex time, total for assembly
2130@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2131Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2132@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2133(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2134seconds).
2135
2136@node traditional-format
c1253627 2137@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2138
2139@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2140For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2141from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2142@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2143
2144For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2145@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2146
2147@node v
a4fb0134 2148@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2149
2150@kindex -v
2151@kindex -version
2152@cindex assembler version
2153@cindex version of assembler
2154You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2155option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2156command line.
2157
2158@node W
a4fb0134 2159@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2160
a4fb0134 2161@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2162assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2163cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2164made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2165
c1253627
NC
2166@kindex -W
2167@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2168@cindex suppressing warnings
2169@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2170If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2171This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2172how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2173are still reported.
2174
c1253627 2175@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2176@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2177@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2178If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2179files that generate warnings to be in error.
2180
c1253627 2181@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2182@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2183You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2184causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2185
2186@node Z
a4fb0134 2187@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2188@cindex object file, after errors
2189@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2190After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2191some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2192@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2193option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2194writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2195errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2196
2197@node Syntax
2198@chapter Syntax
2199
2200@cindex machine-independent syntax
2201@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2202This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2203source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2204assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2205@ifclear VAX
2206assembler.
2207@end ifclear
2208@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2209assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2210@end ifset
2211
2212@menu
2213* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2214* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2215* Comments:: Comments
2216* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2217* Statements:: Statements
2218* Constants:: Constants
2219@end menu
2220
2221@node Preprocessing
2222@section Preprocessing
2223
2224@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2225The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2226@itemize @bullet
2227@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2228@item
2229adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2230the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2231a single space.
2232
2233@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2234@item
2235removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2236appropriate number of newlines.
2237
2238@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2239@item
2240converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2241@end itemize
2242
2243It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2244anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2245do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2246(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2247to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2248@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2249Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2250
2251Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2252cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2253preprocessed.
2254
2255@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2256@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2257@kindex #NO_APP
2258@kindex #APP
2259If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2260@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2261Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2262specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2263text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2264@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2265@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2266and whitespace.
2267
2268@node Whitespace
2269@section Whitespace
2270
2271@cindex whitespace
2272@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2273Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2274people to read. Unless within character constants
2275(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2276as exactly one space.
2277
2278@node Comments
2279@section Comments
2280
2281@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2282There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2283cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2284
2285Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2286This means you may not nest these comments.
2287
2288@smallexample
2289/*
2290 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2291 is to use this sort of comment.
2292*/
2293
2294/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2295@end smallexample
2296
2297@cindex line comment character
2298Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2299is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2300@ifset ARC
2301@samp{;} on the ARC;
2302@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2303@ifset ARM
2304@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2305@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2306@ifset H8/300
2307@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2308@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2309@ifset HPPA
2310@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2311@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2312@ifset I80386
2313@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2314@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2315@ifset I960
2316@samp{#} on the i960;
2317@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2318@ifset PDP11
2319@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2320@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2321@ifset PJ
2322@samp{;} for picoJava;
2323@end ifset
418c1742 2324@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2325@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2326@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2327@ifset S390
2328@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2329@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2330@ifset SCORE
2331@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2332@end ifset
252b5132 2333@ifset SH
ef230218 2334@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2335@end ifset
2336@ifset SPARC
2337@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2338@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2339@ifset IP2K
2340@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2341@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2342@ifset M32C
2343@samp{#} on the m32c;
2344@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2345@ifset M32R
2346@samp{#} on the m32r;
2347@end ifset
2348@ifset M680X0
2349@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2350@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2351@ifset M68HC11
2352@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2353@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
2354@ifset RX
2355@samp{#} on the RX;
2356@end ifset
40b36596
JM
2357@ifset TIC6X
2358@samp{;} on the TMS320C6X;
2359@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2360@ifset VAX
2361@samp{#} on the Vax;
2362@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2363@ifset Z80
2364@samp{;} for the Z80;
2365@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2366@ifset Z8000
2367@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2368@end ifset
2369@ifset V850
2370@samp{#} on the V850;
2371@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2372@ifset XTENSA
2373@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2374@end ifset
252b5132 2375see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2376@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2377
2378@ifset GENERIC
2379On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2380character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2381a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2382@end ifset
2383
2384@ifset V850
2385The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2386extends to the end of the line.
2387
2388@samp{--};
2389@end ifset
2390
2391@kindex #
2392@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2393@cindex logical line numbers
2394To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2395special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2396expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2397line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2398new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2399
2400If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2401the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2402
2403@smallexample
2404 # This is an ordinary comment.
2405# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2406 # This is logical line # 36.
2407@end smallexample
2408This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2409of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2410
2411@node Symbol Intro
2412@section Symbols
2413
2414@cindex characters used in symbols
2415@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2416A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2417letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2418@samp{_.$}.
2419@end ifclear
2420@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2421@ifclear GENERIC
2422@ifset H8
2423A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2424letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2425@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2426symbol names.)
2427@end ifset
2428@end ifclear
2429@end ifset
2430@ifset GENERIC
2431On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2432are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2433@end ifset
2434No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2435There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2436delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2437(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2438not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2439@cindex length of symbols
2440
2441@node Statements
2442@section Statements
2443
2444@cindex statements, structure of
2445@cindex line separator character
2446@cindex statement separator character
2447@ifclear GENERIC
2448@ifclear abnormal-separator
2449A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2450semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2451the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2452constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2453@end ifclear
2454@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2455@ifset HPPA
2456A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
2457point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2458preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2459constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2460@end ifset
2461@ifset H8
2462A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2463H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2464(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2465the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2466constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2467@end ifset
2468@end ifset
2469@end ifclear
2470@ifset GENERIC
2471A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2472separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2473conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2474newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2475statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2476exception: they do not end statements.
2477@end ifset
2478
2479@cindex newline, required at file end
2480@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2481It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2482character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2483
2484An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2485
2486@cindex instructions and directives
2487@cindex directives and instructions
2488@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2489@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2490@c 13feb91.
2491A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2492key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2493symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2494symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2495directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2496a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2497assembles into a machine language instruction.
2498@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2499Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2500recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2501represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2502language.@refill
2503@end ifset
2504
2505@cindex @code{:} (label)
2506@cindex label (@code{:})
2507A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2508Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2509have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2510
2511@ifset HPPA
2512For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
2513the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2514only one label may be defined on each line.
2515@end ifset
2516
2517@smallexample
2518label: .directive followed by something
2519another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2520 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2521@end smallexample
2522
2523@node Constants
2524@section Constants
2525
2526@cindex constants
2527A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2528inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2529@smallexample
2530@group
2531.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2532.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2533.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2534.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
253595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2536@end group
2537@end smallexample
2538
2539@menu
2540* Characters:: Character Constants
2541* Numbers:: Number Constants
2542@end menu
2543
2544@node Characters
2545@subsection Character Constants
2546
2547@cindex character constants
2548@cindex constants, character
2549There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2550for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2551numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2552@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2553used in arithmetic expressions.
2554
2555@menu
2556* Strings:: Strings
2557* Chars:: Characters
2558@end menu
2559
2560@node Strings
2561@subsubsection Strings
2562
2563@cindex string constants
2564@cindex constants, string
2565A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2566double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2567into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2568a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2569one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2570@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2571(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2572escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2573
2574@cindex escape codes, character
2575@cindex character escape codes
2576@table @kbd
2577@c @item \a
2578@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2579@c
2580@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2581@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2582@item \b
2583Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2584
2585@c @item \e
2586@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2587@c
2588@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2589@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2590@item \f
2591Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2592
2593@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2594@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2595@item \n
2596Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2597
2598@c @item \p
2599@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2600@c
2601@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2602@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2603@item \r
2604Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2605
2606@c @item \s
2607@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2608@c other assemblers.
2609@c
2610@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2611@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2612@item \t
2613Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2614
2615@c @item \v
2616@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2617@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2618@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2619@c
2620@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2621@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2622@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2623An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2624For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2625for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2626
2627@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2628@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2629@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2630A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2631lower case @code{x} works.
2632
2633@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2634@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2635@item \\
2636Represents one @samp{\} character.
2637
2638@c @item \'
2639@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2640@c This is needed in single character literals
2641@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2642@c a @samp{'}.
2643@c
2644@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2645@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2646@item \"
2647Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2648this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2649
2650@item \ @var{anything-else}
2651Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2652assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2653you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2654interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2655other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2656code and warns you of the fact.
2657@end table
2658
2659Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2660varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2661the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2662compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2663sequence.
2664
2665@node Chars
2666@subsubsection Characters
2667
2668@cindex single character constant
2669@cindex character, single
2670@cindex constant, single character
2671A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2672followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2673to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2674must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2675@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2676grave accent. A newline
2677@ifclear GENERIC
2678@ifclear abnormal-separator
2679(or semicolon @samp{;})
2680@end ifclear
2681@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2682@ifset H8
2683(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2684Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2685@end ifset
2686@end ifset
2687@end ifclear
2688immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2689and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2690constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2691that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2692@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2693
2694@node Numbers
2695@subsection Number Constants
2696
2697@cindex constants, number
2698@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2699@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2700are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2701would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2702integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2703are floating point numbers, described below.
2704
2705@menu
2706* Integers:: Integers
2707* Bignums:: Bignums
2708* Flonums:: Flonums
2709@ifclear GENERIC
2710@ifset I960
2711* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2712@end ifset
2713@end ifclear
2714@end menu
2715
2716@node Integers
2717@subsubsection Integers
2718@cindex integers
2719@cindex constants, integer
2720
2721@cindex binary integers
2722@cindex integers, binary
2723A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2724the binary digits @samp{01}.
2725
2726@cindex octal integers
2727@cindex integers, octal
2728An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2729digits (@samp{01234567}).
2730
2731@cindex decimal integers
2732@cindex integers, decimal
2733A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2734more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2735
2736@cindex hexadecimal integers
2737@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2738A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2739more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2740
2741Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2742the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2743(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2744
2745@node Bignums
2746@subsubsection Bignums
2747
2748@cindex bignums
2749@cindex constants, bignum
2750A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2751except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2752represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2753integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2754
2755@node Flonums
2756@subsubsection Flonums
2757@cindex flonums
2758@cindex floating point numbers
2759@cindex constants, floating point
2760
2761@cindex precision, floating point
2762A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2763indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2764@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2765sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2766to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2767portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2768
2769A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2770@itemize @bullet
2771@item
2772The digit @samp{0}.
2773@ifset HPPA
2774(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2775@end ifset
2776
2777@item
a4fb0134 2778A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2779@ifset GENERIC
2780@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2781@ignore
2782@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2783(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27844.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2785@end ignore
2786
7be1c489 2787On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2788and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2789one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2790
2791On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2792(in upper or lower case).
2793
2794On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2795one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2796
2797On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2798@end ifset
2799@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2800@ifset ARC
2801One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2802@end ifset
2803@ifset H8
2804One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2805@end ifset
2806@ifset HPPA
2807The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2808@end ifset
2809@ifset I960
2810One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2811@end ifset
2812@end ifclear
2813
2814@item
2815An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2816
2817@item
2818An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2819
2820@item
2821An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2822or more decimal digits.
2823
2824@item
2825An optional exponent, consisting of:
2826
2827@itemize @bullet
2828@item
2829An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2830@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2831@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2832@item
2833Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2834@item
2835One or more decimal digits.
2836@end itemize
2837
2838@end itemize
2839
2840At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2841present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2842
a4fb0134 2843@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2844independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2845@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2846
2847@ifclear GENERIC
2848@ifset I960
2849@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2850@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2851@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2852@node Bit Fields
2853@subsubsection Bit Fields
2854
2855@cindex bit fields
2856@cindex constants, bit field
2857You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2858Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2859@example
2860@var{mask}:@var{value}
2861@end example
2862@noindent
a4fb0134 2863@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2864@var{value}.
2865
2866The resulting number is then packed
2867@ifset GENERIC
2868@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2869(in host-dependent byte order)
2870@end ifset
2871into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2872bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2873requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2874more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2875least significant digits.@refill
2876
2877The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2878@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2879@end ifset
2880@end ifclear
2881
2882@node Sections
2883@chapter Sections and Relocation
2884@cindex sections
2885@cindex relocation
2886
2887@menu
2888* Secs Background:: Background
2889* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2890* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2891* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2892* bss:: bss Section
2893@end menu
2894
2895@node Secs Background
2896@section Background
2897
2898Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2899``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2900For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2901
2902@cindex linker, and assembler
2903@cindex assembler, and linker
2904The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2905combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2906emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2907@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2908different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2909oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2910sections.
2911
2912@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2913addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2914units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2915within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2916run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2917the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2918the proper run-time addresses.
2919@ifset H8
7be1c489 2920For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2921@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2922ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2923@end ifset
2924
2925@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2926An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2927of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2928@dfn{bss} sections.
2929
c1253627 2930@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2931@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2932When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2933@end ifset
a4fb0134 2934@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2935using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2936If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2937or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2938@end ifset
2939
2940@ifset HPPA
2941@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2942When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2943@end ifset
a4fb0134 2944@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2945specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2946@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2947(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2948assembler directives.
2949
2950@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2951Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2952text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2953is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2954BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2955@end ifset
2956@end ifset
2957
2958Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2959data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2960
2961@ifset HPPA
2962When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2963section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2964@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2965@end ifset
2966
2967To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2968relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2969object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2970@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2971file is mentioned:
2972@itemize @bullet
2973@item
2974Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2975an address?
2976@item
2977How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2978@item
2979Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2980@display
2981(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2982@end display
2983@item
2984Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2985@end itemize
2986
2987@cindex addresses, format of
2988@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2989In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2990@display
2991(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2992@end display
2993@noindent
a4fb0134 2994Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2995nature.
2996@ifset SOM
2997(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2998symbol-relative instead.)
2999@end ifset
3000
3001In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3002@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3003
3004Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3005@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3006addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3007@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3008@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3009data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3010their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3011part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3012address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3013
3014The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3015address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3016rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3017Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3018address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3019common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3020time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3021
3022By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3023the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3024sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3025customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3026the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3027data and bss sections.
3028
3029Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3030use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3031
3032@node Ld Sections
3033@section Linker Sections
3034@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3035
3036@table @strong
3037
c1253627 3038@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3039@cindex named sections
3040@cindex sections, named
3041@item named sections
3042@end ifset
3043@ifset aout-bout
3044@cindex text section
3045@cindex data section
3046@itemx text section
3047@itemx data section
3048@end ifset
a4fb0134 3049These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3050separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3051true of another.
3052@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3053When the program is running, however, it is
3054customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3055text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3056instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3057program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3058in the data section.
c1253627 3059@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3060
3061@cindex bss section
3062@item bss section
3063This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3064is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3065each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3066out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3067bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3068those explicit zeros from object files.
3069
3070@cindex absolute section
3071@item absolute section
3072Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3073This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3074not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3075addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3076
3077@cindex undefined section
3078@item undefined section
3079This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3080the preceding sections.
3081@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3082@end table
3083
3084@cindex relocation example
3085An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3086@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3087The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3088@end ifset
3089Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3090
3091@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3092@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3093@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3094@smallexample
3095 +-----+----+--+
3096partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3097 +-----+----+--+
3098
3099 text data bss
3100 seg. seg. seg.
3101
3102 +---+---+---+
3103partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3104 +---+---+---+
3105
3106 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3107linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3108 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3109
3110 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3111@end smallexample
3112@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3113@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3114@need 5000
3115@tex
c1253627 3116\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3117\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3118\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3119\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3120
3121\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3122\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3123\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3124
3125\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3126\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3127\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3128ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3129DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3130
3131\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3132\line{0\dots\hfil}
3133
3134@end tex
3135@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3136
3137@node As Sections
3138@section Assembler Internal Sections
3139
3140@cindex internal assembler sections
3141@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3142These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3143have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3144sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3145warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3146meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3147value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3148section-relative address.
3149
3150@table @b
3151@cindex assembler internal logic error
3152@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3153An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3154bug in the assembler.
3155
3156@cindex expr (internal section)
3157@item expr section
3158The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3159symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3160it in the expr section.
3161@c FIXME item debug
3162@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3163@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3164@c FIXME item register
3165@end table
3166
3167@node Sub-Sections
3168@section Sub-Sections
3169
3170@cindex numbered subsections
3171@cindex grouping data
3172@ifset aout-bout
3173Assembled bytes
c1253627 3174@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3175conventionally
3176@end ifset
3177fall into two sections: text and data.
3178@end ifset
3179You may have separate groups of
3180@ifset GENERIC
3181data in named sections
3182@end ifset
3183@ifclear GENERIC
3184@ifclear aout-bout
3185data in named sections
3186@end ifclear
3187@ifset aout-bout
3188text or data
3189@end ifset
3190@end ifclear
3191that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3192are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3193use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3194numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3195same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3196subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3197section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3198assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3199section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3200constants being output.
3201
3202Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3203goes in subsection number zero.
3204
3205@ifset GENERIC
3206Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3207(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3208of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3209@end ifset
3210@ifclear GENERIC
3211@ifset H8
7be1c489 3212On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3213boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3214The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3215@end ifset
3216@ifset I960
3217@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3218@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3219@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3220@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3221@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3222@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3223@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3224@end ifclear
3225
3226Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3227to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3228The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3229other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3230They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3231data subsections as a data section.
3232
3233To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3234into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3235@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3236@ifset COFF
252b5132 3237@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3238When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3239@end ifset
3240@ifclear GENERIC
3241You
3242@end ifclear
3243can also use an extra subsection
3244argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3245@var{expression}}.
3246@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3247@ifset ELF
3248@ifset GENERIC
3249When generating ELF output, you
3250@end ifset
3251@ifclear GENERIC
3252You
3253@end ifclear
3254can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3255to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3256@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3257@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3258(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3259is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3260begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3261@smallexample
3262.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3263.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3264.text 1
3265.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3266.data 0
3267.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3268.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3269.text 0
3270.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3271.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3272@end smallexample
3273
3274Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3275assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3276restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3277counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3278@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3279current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3280assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3281
3282@node bss
3283@section bss Section
3284
3285@cindex bss section
3286@cindex common variable storage
3287The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3288You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3289not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3290your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3291section are zeroed bytes.
3292
3293The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3294@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3295
3296The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3297another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3298
3299@ifset GENERIC
3300When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3301COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3302see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3303section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3304@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3305@end ifset
3306
3307@node Symbols
3308@chapter Symbols
3309
3310@cindex symbols
3311Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3312things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3313to debug.
3314
3315@quotation
3316@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3317@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3318the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3319@end quotation
3320
3321@menu
3322* Labels:: Labels
3323* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3324* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3325* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3326* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3327@end menu
3328
3329@node Labels
3330@section Labels
3331
3332@cindex labels
3333A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3334@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3335active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3336operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3337different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3338definitions.
3339
3340@ifset HPPA
3341On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3342colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3343a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3344provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3345@end ifset
3346
3347@node Setting Symbols
3348@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3349
3350@cindex assigning values to symbols
3351@cindex symbol values, assigning
3352A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3353by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3354(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3355directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3356equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3357@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3358
f8739b83
JZ
3359@ifset Blackfin
3360Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3361@end ifset
3362
252b5132
RH
3363@node Symbol Names
3364@section Symbol Names
3365
3366@cindex symbol names
3367@cindex names, symbol
3368@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3369Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3370machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3371noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3372string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3373particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3374@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3375@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3376@ifset H8
3377Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3378Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3379character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3380on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3381@end ifset
3382@end ifset
3383
3384Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3385than @code{Foo}.
3386
3387Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3388refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3389in a program.
3390
3391@subheading Local Symbol Names
3392
3393@cindex local symbol names
3394@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3395A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3396By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3397@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3398set of local label prefixes.
3399@ifset HPPA
3400On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3401@end ifset
3402
3403Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3404normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3405You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3406@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3407
3408@subheading Local Labels
3409
3410@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3411@cindex temporary symbol names
3412@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3413Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3414They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3415the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3416To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3417represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3418definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3419you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3420@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3421for ``forwards''.
3422
3423There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3424too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3425the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3426defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3427definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3428noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3429implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3430
3431Here is an example:
3432
3433@smallexample
34341: branch 1f
34352: branch 1b
34361: branch 2f
34372: branch 1b
3438@end smallexample
3439
3440Which is the equivalent of:
3441
3442@smallexample
3443label_1: branch label_3
3444label_2: branch label_1
3445label_3: branch label_4
3446label_4: branch label_3
3447@end smallexample
3448
ba83aca1 3449Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3450transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3451The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3452are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3453these parts:
252b5132
RH
3454
3455@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3456@item @emph{local label prefix}
3457All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3458Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3459that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3460used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3461@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3462object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3463you may use them in debugging.
3464
2d5aaba0
NC
3465@item @var{number}
3466This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
3467label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3468
2d5aaba0
NC
3469@item @kbd{C-B}
3470This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3471of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3472
3473@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0
NC
3474This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
3475@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
3476number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3477the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3478@end table
3479
ba83aca1
BW
3480So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3481the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3482
3483@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3484@cindex dollar local symbols
3485
3486@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3487dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3488soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3489region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3490scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3491the same local label.
3492
3493Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3494except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3495@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3496
3497They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3498names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3499to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3500@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3501
3502@node Dot
3503@section The Special Dot Symbol
3504
3505@cindex dot (symbol)
3506@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3507@cindex current address
3508@cindex location counter
3509The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3510@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3511.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3512Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3513directive.
252b5132 3514@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3515Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3516@samp{.space 4}.
3517@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3518
3519@node Symbol Attributes
3520@section Symbol Attributes
3521
3522@cindex symbol attributes
3523@cindex attributes, symbol
3524Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3525``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3526attributes.
3527@ifset INTERNALS
3528The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3529@end ifset
3530
a4fb0134 3531If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3532all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3533symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3534would want.
3535
3536@menu
3537* Symbol Value:: Value
3538* Symbol Type:: Type
3539@ifset aout-bout
3540@ifset GENERIC
3541* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3542@end ifset
3543@ifclear GENERIC
3544@ifclear BOUT
3545* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3546@end ifclear
3547@ifset BOUT
3548* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3549@end ifset
3550@end ifclear
3551@end ifset
3552@ifset COFF
3553* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3554@end ifset
3555@ifset SOM
3556* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3557@end ifset
3558@end menu
3559
3560@node Symbol Value
3561@subsection Value
3562
3563@cindex value of a symbol
3564@cindex symbol value
3565The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3566location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3567number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3568Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3569as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3570symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3571called absolute.
3572
3573The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35740 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3575@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3576same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3577name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3578common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3579bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3580allocated storage.
3581
3582@node Symbol Type
3583@subsection Type
3584
3585@cindex type of a symbol
3586@cindex symbol type
3587The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3588information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3589(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3590format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3591
3592@ifset aout-bout
3593@ifclear GENERIC
3594@ifset BOUT
3595@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3596@c better if it were available outside examples.
3597@need 1000
3598@node a.out Symbols
3599@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3600
3601@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3602@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3603These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3604one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3605@code{b.out}.
3606
3607@end ifset
3608@ifclear BOUT
3609@node a.out Symbols
3610@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3611
3612@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3613@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3614
3615@end ifclear
3616@end ifclear
3617@ifset GENERIC
3618@node a.out Symbols
3619@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3620
3621@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3622@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3623
3624@end ifset
3625@menu
3626* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3627* Symbol Other:: Other
3628@end menu
3629
3630@node Symbol Desc
3631@subsubsection Descriptor
3632
3633@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3634This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3635descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3636(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3637@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3638
3639@node Symbol Other
3640@subsubsection Other
3641
3642@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3643This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3644@end ifset
3645
3646@ifset COFF
3647@node COFF Symbols
3648@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3649
3650@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3651@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3652
3653The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3654like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3655@code{.endef} directives.
3656
3657@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3658
3659@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3660The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3661respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3662
3663@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3664
3665@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3666The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3667@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3668table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3669@end ifset
3670
3671@ifset SOM
3672@node SOM Symbols
3673@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3674
3675@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3676@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3677
3678The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3679the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3680
3681The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
3682Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3683@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3684@end ifset
3685
3686@node Expressions
3687@chapter Expressions
3688
3689@cindex expressions
3690@cindex addresses
3691@cindex numeric values
3692An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3693Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3694
3695The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3696a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3697enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3698section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3699the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3700@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3701
3702@menu
3703* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3704* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3705@end menu
3706
3707@node Empty Exprs
3708@section Empty Expressions
3709
3710@cindex empty expressions
3711@cindex expressions, empty
3712An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3713Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3714expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3715is compatible with other assemblers.
3716
3717@node Integer Exprs
3718@section Integer Expressions
3719
3720@cindex integer expressions
3721@cindex expressions, integer
3722An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3723by @emph{operators}.
3724
3725@menu
3726* Arguments:: Arguments
3727* Operators:: Operators
3728* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3729* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3730@end menu
3731
3732@node Arguments
3733@subsection Arguments
3734
3735@cindex expression arguments
3736@cindex arguments in expressions
3737@cindex operands in expressions
3738@cindex arithmetic operands
3739@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3740contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3741this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3742the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3743expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3744instruction operands.
3745
3746Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3747@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3748or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3749integer.
3750
3751Numbers are usually integers.
3752
3753A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3754that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3755these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3756instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3757assemblers.
3758
3759@cindex subexpressions
3760Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3761expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3762operator followed by an argument.
3763
3764@node Operators
3765@subsection Operators
3766
3767@cindex operators, in expressions
3768@cindex arithmetic functions
3769@cindex functions, in expressions
3770@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3771operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3772between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3773whitespace.
3774
3775@node Prefix Ops
3776@subsection Prefix Operator
3777
3778@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3779@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3780one argument, which must be absolute.
3781
3782@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3783@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3784@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3785@tex
3786\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3787@end tex
3788
3789@table @code
3790@item -
3791@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3792@item ~
3793@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3794@end table
3795
3796@tex
3797\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3798@end tex
3799
3800@node Infix Ops
3801@subsection Infix Operators
3802
3803@cindex infix operators
3804@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3805@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3806have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3807to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3808absolute, and the result is absolute.
3809
3810@enumerate
3811@cindex operator precedence
3812@cindex precedence of operators
3813
3814@item
3815Highest Precedence
3816
3817@table @code
3818@item *
3819@dfn{Multiplication}.
3820
3821@item /
3822@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3823
3824@item %
3825@dfn{Remainder}.
3826
d1eac9d9 3827@item <<
252b5132
RH
3828@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3829
d1eac9d9 3830@item >>
252b5132
RH
3831@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3832@end table
3833
3834@item
3835Intermediate precedence
3836
3837@table @code
3838@item |
3839
3840@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3841
3842@item &
3843@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3844
3845@item ^
3846@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3847
3848@item !
3849@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3850@end table
3851
3852@item
b131d4dc 3853Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3854
3855@table @code
3856@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3857@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3858@cindex arguments for addition
3859@item +
3860@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3861the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3862sections.
3863
3864@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3865@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3866@cindex arguments for subtraction
3867@item -
3868@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3869result has the section of the left argument.
3870If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3871You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3872@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3873
3874@cindex comparison expressions
3875@cindex expressions, comparison
3876@item ==
3877@dfn{Is Equal To}
3878@item <>
723a8472 3879@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3880@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3881@item <
3882@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3883@item >
b131d4dc 3884@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3885@item >=
b131d4dc 3886@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3887@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3888@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3889
3890The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3891value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3892perform signed comparisons.
3893@end table
3894
3895@item Lowest Precedence
3896
3897@table @code
3898@item &&
3899@dfn{Logical And}.
3900
3901@item ||
3902@dfn{Logical Or}.
3903
3904These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3905expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3906value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3907or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3908
252b5132
RH
3909@end table
3910@end enumerate
3911
3912In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3913address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3914
3915@node Pseudo Ops
3916@chapter Assembler Directives
3917
3918@cindex directives, machine independent
3919@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3920@cindex machine independent directives
3921All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3922The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3923
3924This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3925target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3926@ifset GENERIC
3927Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3928@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3929@end ifset
3930@ifclear GENERIC
3931@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3932@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3933@end ifset
3934@end ifclear
3935
3936@menu
3937* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3938@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3939* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3940@end ifset
f0dc282c 3941
252b5132 3942* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3943* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3944* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3945* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3946* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3947* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3948* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3949* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3950* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3951@ifset COFF
3952* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3953@end ifset
3954@ifset aout-bout
3955* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3956@end ifset
3957@ifset COFF
3958* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3959@end ifset
f0dc282c 3960
252b5132
RH
3961* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3962* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3963* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3964* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3965* End:: @code{.end}
3966@ifset COFF
3967* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3968@end ifset
f0dc282c 3969
252b5132
RH
3970* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3971* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3972* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3973* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3974* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3975* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3976* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3977* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3978* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3979* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3980* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3981* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3982* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
3983* Func:: @code{.func}
3984* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3985@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3986* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3987* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3988@end ifset
f0dc282c 3989
252b5132
RH
3990* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3991* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3992* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3993* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3994* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3995* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3996@ifset ELF
3997* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3998@end ifset
f0dc282c 3999
252b5132
RH
4000* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4001* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4002* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4003* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4004@ifclear no-line-dir
4005* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4006@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4007
252b5132
RH
4008* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4009* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4010* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4011* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4012* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4013@ifset ELF
4014* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4015@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4016
252b5132
RH
4017* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4018@ignore
4019* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4020@end ignore
f0dc282c 4021
252b5132
RH
4022* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4023* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4024* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4025* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4026* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
4027* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4028* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4029@ifset ELF
4030* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4031* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4032@end ifset
f0dc282c 4033
252b5132 4034* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4035@ifset ELF
4036* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4037@end ifset
f0dc282c 4038
252b5132
RH
4039* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4040* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4041@ifset ELF
4042* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4043@end ifset
f0dc282c 4044
252b5132 4045* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4046* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4047* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4048* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4049@ifset COFF
4050* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4051@end ifset
4052@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4053* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4054@end ifset
f0dc282c 4055
252b5132
RH
4056* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4057* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4058* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4059@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4060* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4061@end ifset
884f0d36 4062@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4063* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4064@end ifclear
4065
252b5132 4066* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4067@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4068* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4069@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4070@ifset have-stabs
4071* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4072@end ifset
f0dc282c 4073
38a57ae7 4074* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4075* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4076@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4077* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4078* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4079@end ifset
f0dc282c 4080
252b5132
RH
4081@ifset COFF
4082* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4083@end ifset
f0dc282c 4084
252b5132
RH
4085* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4086* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4087@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4088* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4089@end ifset
4090
c91d2e08 4091* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4092@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4093* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4094@end ifset
f0dc282c 4095
2e13b764 4096@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4097* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4098* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4099* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4100@end ifset
f0dc282c 4101
d190d046 4102* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4103* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4104* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4105* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4106* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4107@end menu
4108
4109@node Abort
4110@section @code{.abort}
4111
4112@cindex @code{abort} directive
4113@cindex stopping the assembly
4114This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4115compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4116assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4117of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4118quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4119
4120@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4121@node ABORT (COFF)
4122@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4123
4124@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4125When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4126synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4127
4128@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4129When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4130but ignores it.
4131@end ifset
4132@end ifset
4133
4134@node Align
4135@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4136
4137@cindex padding the location counter
4138@cindex @code{align} directive
4139Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4140boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4141required, as described below.
4142
4143The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4144padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4145padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4146marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4147with no-op instructions.
4148
4149The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4150it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4151directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4152specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4153fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4154required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4155with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4156
4157The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4158For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4159s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4160alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4161the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4162is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4163first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4164
9e9a9798 4165For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4166strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4167number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4168advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4169counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4170multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4171
4172This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4173native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4174GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4175described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4176architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4177
ccf8a69b
BW
4178@node Altmacro
4179@section @code{.altmacro}
4180Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4181
4182@ftable @code
4183@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4184One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4185generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4186replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4187replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4188separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4189define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4190
4191@item String delimiters
4192You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4193@code{"@var{string}"}:
4194
4195@table @code
4196@item '@var{string}'
4197You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4198
4199@item <@var{string}>
4200You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4201@end table
4202
4203@item single-character string escape
4204To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4205character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4206character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4207write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4208
4209@item Expression results as strings
4210You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
4211and use the result as a string.
4212@end ftable
4213
252b5132
RH
4214@node Ascii
4215@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4216
4217@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4218@cindex string literals
4219@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4220separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4221trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4222
4223@node Asciz
4224@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4225
4226@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4227@cindex zero-terminated strings
4228@cindex null-terminated strings
4229@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4230a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4231
4232@node Balign
4233@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4234
4235@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4236@cindex @code{balign} directive
4237Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4238storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4239alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4240the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4241is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4242
4243The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4244padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4245padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4246marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4247with no-op instructions.
4248
4249The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4250it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4251directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4252specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4253fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4254required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4255with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4256
4257@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4258@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4259The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4260@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4261pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4262fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42634,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4264filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4265the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4266undefined.
4267
4268@node Byte
4269@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4270
4271@cindex @code{byte} directive
4272@cindex integers, one byte
4273@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4274Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4275
54cfded0 4276@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4277@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4278@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4279@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4280should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4281If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4282if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4283To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4284directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4285
4b7d318b 4286@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4287@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4288@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4289should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4290data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4291@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4292
4b7d318b
L
4293Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4294it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
4295
54cfded0
AM
4296@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4297@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4298@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4299unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4300@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4301
9b8ae42e
JJ
4302@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4303@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4304@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4305should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4306argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4307a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4308the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4309can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4310The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4311no personality routine.
4312
4313@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4314@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4315@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4316should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4317argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4318or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4319no LSDA.
4320
54cfded0
AM
4321@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4322@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
4323address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4324
4325@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4326@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4327now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4328remains the same.
4329
4330@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4331@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4332remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4333absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4334CFA address.
4335
4336@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4337Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4338value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4339
4340@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4341Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4342CFA.
4343
17076204
RH
4344@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4345Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4346the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4347using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4348This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4349code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4350
4b7d318b
L
4351@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4352Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4353
4354@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
4355@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4356same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4357instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4358
4359@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4360From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4361
4362@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
4363Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4364i.e. no restoration needed.
4365
4366@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4367First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4368then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4369everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4370the previous saved state.
4371
4372@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
4373Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4374directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4375
63752a75
JJ
4376@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4377Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4378
6749011b 4379@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4380SPARC register window has been saved.
4381
cdfbf930
RH
4382@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4383Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4384might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4385opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4386
f1c4cc75
RH
4387@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4388The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4389will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4390description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4391
4392The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4393limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4394mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4395by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4396or another register.
4397
ccf8a69b
BW
4398@node Comm
4399@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4400
ccf8a69b
BW
4401@cindex @code{comm} directive
4402@cindex symbol, common
4403@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4404common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4405of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4406definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4407allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4408absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4409the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4410using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4411
c1711530
DK
4412@ifset COFF-ELF
4413When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
4414an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
4415specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4416that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4417as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
4418boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
4419power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
4420common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
4421alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4422largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4423maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4424is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4425@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4426multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4427It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4428(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4429@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4430
ccf8a69b
BW
4431@ifset HPPA
4432The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4433@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4434@end ifset
07a53e5c 4435
252b5132
RH
4436@node Data
4437@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4438
4439@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4440@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4441end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4442absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4443to zero.
4444
4445@ifset COFF
4446@node Def
4447@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4448
4449@cindex @code{def} directive
4450@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4451@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4452Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4453definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4454@ifset BOUT
4455
a4fb0134 4456This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4457format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4458but ignored.
4459@end ifset
4460@end ifset
4461
4462@ifset aout-bout
4463@node Desc
4464@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4465
4466@cindex @code{desc} directive
4467@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4468@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4469This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4470to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4471
4472@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4473The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4474configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4475object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4476it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4477@end ifset
4478@end ifset
4479
4480@ifset COFF
4481@node Dim
4482@section @code{.dim}
4483
4484@cindex @code{dim} directive
4485@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4486@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4487This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4488information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4489@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4490@ifset BOUT
4491
4492@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4493@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4494ignores it.
4495@end ifset
4496@end ifset
4497
4498@node Double
4499@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4500
4501@cindex @code{double} directive
4502@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4503@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4504assembles floating point numbers.
4505@ifset GENERIC
4506The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4507@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4508@end ifset
4509@ifclear GENERIC
4510@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4511On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4512in @sc{ieee} format.
4513@end ifset
4514@end ifclear
4515
4516@node Eject
4517@section @code{.eject}
4518
4519@cindex @code{eject} directive
4520@cindex new page, in listings
4521@cindex page, in listings
4522@cindex listing control: new page
4523Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4524
4525@node Else
4526@section @code{.else}
4527
4528@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4529@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4530assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4531of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4532was false.
4533
3fd9f047
TW
4534@node Elseif
4535@section @code{.elseif}
4536
4537@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4538@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4539assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4540@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4541
252b5132
RH
4542@node End
4543@section @code{.end}
4544
4545@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4546@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4547process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4548
4549@ifset COFF
4550@node Endef
4551@section @code{.endef}
4552
4553@cindex @code{endef} directive
4554This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4555@code{.def}.
4556@ifset BOUT
4557
4558@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4559@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4560directive but ignores it.
4561@end ifset
4562@end ifset
4563
4564@node Endfunc
4565@section @code{.endfunc}
4566@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4567@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4568
4569@node Endif
4570@section @code{.endif}
4571
4572@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4573@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4574it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4575conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4576
4577@node Equ
4578@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4579
4580@cindex @code{equ} directive
4581@cindex assigning values to symbols
4582@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4583This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4584It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4585
4586@ifset HPPA
4587The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
4588@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4589@end ifset
4590
3c9b82ba
NC
4591@ifset Z80
4592The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4593@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
4594On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
96e9638b
BW
4595but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
4596Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4597@end ifset
4598
252b5132
RH
4599@node Equiv
4600@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4601@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4602The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4603the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4604symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4605undefined.
252b5132
RH
4606
4607Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
4608@smallexample
4609.ifdef SYM
4610.err
4611.endif
4612.equ SYM,VAL
4613@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4614plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4615
4616@node Eqv
4617@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4618@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4619The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4620evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4621the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4622value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4623
4624@node Err
4625@section @code{.err}
4626@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4627If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4628message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4629object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4630
d190d046
HPN
4631@node Error
4632@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4633@cindex error directive
4634
4635Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4636string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4637message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4638@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4639
4640@smallexample
4641 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4642@end smallexample
4643
252b5132
RH
4644@node Exitm
4645@section @code{.exitm}
4646Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4647
4648@node Extern
4649@section @code{.extern}
4650
4651@cindex @code{extern} directive
4652@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4653with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4654all undefined symbols as external.
4655
4656@node Fail
4657@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4658
4659@cindex @code{fail} directive
4660Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4661or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4662than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4663include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4664complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4665
252b5132 4666@node File
14082c76 4667@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4668@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4669
4670@ifclear no-file-dir
4671There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4672that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4673@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4674
4675@subheading Default Version
4676
252b5132
RH
4677@cindex logical file name
4678@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4679This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4680are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4681
4682@smallexample
4683.file @var{string}
4684@end smallexample
4685
4686@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4687recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4688to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4689statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4690old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4691
4692@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4693@end ifclear
4694
14082c76
BW
4695When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4696to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4697
4698@smallexample
4699.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4700@end smallexample
4701
4702The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4703index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4704literal.
4705
4706The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4707table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4708information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4709entries will have.
4710
252b5132
RH
4711@node Fill
4712@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4713
4714@cindex @code{fill} directive
4715@cindex writing patterns in memory
4716@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4717@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4718This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4719may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4720more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4721other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4722is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4723zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4724byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4725Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4726@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4727compatible with other people's assemblers.
4728
4729@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4730If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4731assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4732@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4733
4734@node Float
4735@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4736
4737@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4738@cindex @code{float} directive
4739This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4740has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4741@ifset GENERIC
4742The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4743@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4744@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4745@end ifset
4746@ifclear GENERIC
4747@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4748On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4749in @sc{ieee} format.
4750@end ifset
4751@end ifclear
4752
4753@node Func
4754@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4755@cindex @code{func} directive
4756@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4757is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4758Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4759@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4760prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4761@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4762All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4763The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4764
4765@node Global
4766@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4767
4768@cindex @code{global} directive
4769@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4770@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4771@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4772other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4773@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4774from another file linked into the same program.
4775
4776Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4777compatibility with other assemblers.
4778
4779@ifset HPPA
4780On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4781partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4782@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4783@end ifset
4784
c91d2e08 4785@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4786@node Gnu_attribute
4787@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4788Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4789
c91d2e08
NC
4790@node Hidden
4791@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4792
c1253627
NC
4793@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4794@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4795This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4796@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
4797@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4798
4799This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4800their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4801@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
4802Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
4803@end ifset
4804
252b5132
RH
4805@node hword
4806@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4807
4808@cindex @code{hword} directive
4809@cindex integers, 16-bit
4810@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4811@cindex sixteen bit integers
4812This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4813a 16 bit number for each.
4814
4815@ifset GENERIC
4816This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4817architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4818@end ifset
4819@ifclear GENERIC
4820@ifset W32
4821This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4822@end ifset
4823@ifset W16
4824This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4825@end ifset
4826@end ifclear
4827
4828@node Ident
4829@section @code{.ident}
4830
4831@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4832
4833This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4834behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4835a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4836source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4837for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4838@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4839emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4840
4841@node If
4842@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4843
4844@cindex conditional assembly
4845@cindex @code{if} directive
4846@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4847considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4848(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4849the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4850(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4851alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4852If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4853nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4854
4855The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4856@table @code
4857@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4858@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4859Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4860has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4861is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4862
26aca5f6
JB
4863@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4864@item .ifb @var{text}
4865Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4866
252b5132
RH
4867@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4868@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4869Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4870strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4871the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4872end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4873string comparison is case sensitive.
4874
4875@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4876@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4877Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4878
4879@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4880@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4881Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4882
4883@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4884@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4885Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4886equal to zero.
4887
4888@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4889@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4890Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4891
4892@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4893@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4894Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4895to zero.
4896
4897@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4898@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4899Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4900
26aca5f6
JB
4901@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4902@item .ifnb @var{text}
4903Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4904following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4905
252b5132
RH
4906@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4907@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4908Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4909following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4910
4911@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4912@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4913@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4914@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4915Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4916has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4917which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4918
4919@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4920@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4921Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4922(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4923
4924@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4925@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4926Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4927following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4928@end table
4929
7e005732
NC
4930@node Incbin
4931@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4932
4933@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4934@cindex binary files, including
4935The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4936location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4937option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4938around @var{file}.
4939
4940The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4941@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4942read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4943responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4944after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4945
252b5132
RH
4946@node Include
4947@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4948
4949@cindex @code{include} directive
4950@cindex supporting files, including
4951@cindex files, including
4952This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4953points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4954if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4955included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4956can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4957(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4958around @var{file}.
4959
4960@node Int
4961@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4962
4963@cindex @code{int} directive
4964@cindex integers, 32-bit
4965Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4966For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4967expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4968of target the assembly is for.
4969
4970@ifclear GENERIC
4971@ifset H8
7be1c489 4972On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4973integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
497432-bit integers.
4975@end ifset
4976@end ifclear
4977
c91d2e08
NC
4978@ifset ELF
4979@node Internal
4980@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4981
c1253627
NC
4982@cindex @code{internal} directive
4983@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4984This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4985@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
4986@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4987
4988This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4989their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4990@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4991(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4992processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4993@end ifset
4994
252b5132
RH
4995@node Irp
4996@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4997
4998@cindex @code{irp} directive
4999Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5000The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5001terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5002set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5003@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5004@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5005sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5006
5007For example, assembling
5008
5009@example
5010 .irp param,1,2,3
5011 move d\param,sp@@-
5012 .endr
5013@end example
5014
5015is equivalent to assembling
5016
5017@example
5018 move d1,sp@@-
5019 move d2,sp@@-
5020 move d3,sp@@-
5021@end example
5022
96e9638b 5023For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5024
252b5132
RH
5025@node Irpc
5026@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5027
5028@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5029Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5030The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5031terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5032@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5033assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5034assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5035@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5036
5037For example, assembling
5038
5039@example
5040 .irpc param,123
5041 move d\param,sp@@-
5042 .endr
5043@end example
5044
5045is equivalent to assembling
5046
5047@example
5048 move d1,sp@@-
5049 move d2,sp@@-
5050 move d3,sp@@-
5051@end example
5052
5e75c3ab
JB
5053For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5054at @xref{Macro}.
5055
252b5132
RH
5056@node Lcomm
5057@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5058
5059@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5060@cindex local common symbols
5061@cindex symbols, local common
5062Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5063denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5064those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5065section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5066is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5067not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5068
5069@ifset GENERIC
5070Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5071argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5072@end ifset
5073
5074@ifset HPPA
5075The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5076@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5077@end ifset
5078
5079@node Lflags
5080@section @code{.lflags}
5081
5082@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5083@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5084assemblers, but ignores it.
5085
5086@ifclear no-line-dir
5087@node Line
5088@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5089
5090@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5091@cindex logical line number
5092@ifset aout-bout
5093Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5094expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5095statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5096reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5097@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5098for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5099@end ifset
5100
252b5132 5101Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5102@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5103when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5104were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5105@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5106
5107Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5108used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5109debugging.
5110@end ifclear
5111
5112@node Linkonce
5113@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5114@cindex COMDAT
5115@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5116@cindex common sections
5117Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5118This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5119but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5120The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5121Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5122unique.
5123
5124This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5125writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5126Executable format used on Windows NT.
5127
5128The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5129following strings. For example:
5130@smallexample
5131.linkonce same_size
5132@end smallexample
5133Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5134
5135@table @code
5136@item discard
5137Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5138
5139@item one_only
5140Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5141
5142@item same_size
5143Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5144
5145@item same_contents
5146Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5147@end table
5148
ccf8a69b
BW
5149@node List
5150@section @code{.list}
5151
5152@cindex @code{list} directive
5153@cindex listing control, turning on
5154Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5155not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5156internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5157counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5158generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5159
5160By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5161@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5162the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5163
252b5132
RH
5164@node Ln
5165@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5166
5167@cindex @code{ln} directive
5168@ifclear no-line-dir
5169@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5170@end ifclear
5171@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5172Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5173must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5174line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5175statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5176line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5177@ifset BOUT
5178
a4fb0134 5179This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5180configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5181output format.
5182@end ifset
5183@end ifset
5184
ccf8a69b
BW
5185@node Loc
5186@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5187@cindex @code{loc} directive
5188When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5189the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5190number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5191instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5192arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5193the row is added.
252b5132 5194
ccf8a69b
BW
5195The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5196
5197@table @code
5198@item basic_block
5199This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5200@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5201
5202@item prologue_end
5203This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5204@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5205
5206@item epilogue_begin
5207This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5208@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5209
5210@item is_stmt @var{value}
5211This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
5212@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
5213either 0 or 1.
5214
5215@item isa @var{value}
5216This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5217state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5218
92846e72
CC
5219@item discriminator @var{value}
5220This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5221state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5222
ccf8a69b
BW
5223@end table
5224
5225@node Loc_mark_labels
5226@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5227@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5228When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5229the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5230to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5231register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5232The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5233this function respectively.
252b5132 5234
4d4175af
BW
5235@ifset ELF
5236@node Local
5237@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5238
5239@cindex @code{local} directive
5240This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5241the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5242will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5243they will be created.
5244
5245For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5246accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5247the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5248(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5249@end ifset
5250
252b5132
RH
5251@node Long
5252@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5253
5254@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5255@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5256
5257@ignore
5258@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5259@c what it really ought to do
5260@node Lsym
5261@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5262
5263@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5264@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5265@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5266the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5267rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5268the same as the expression value:
5269@smallexample
5270@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5271@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5272@var{value} = @var{expression}
5273@end smallexample
5274@noindent
5275The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5276@end ignore
5277
5278@node Macro
5279@section @code{.macro}
5280
5281@cindex macros
5282The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5283generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5284@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5285
5286@example
5287 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5288 .long \from
5289 .if \to-\from
5290 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5291 .endif
5292 .endm
5293@end example
5294
5295@noindent
5296With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5297
5298@example
5299 .long 0
5300 .long 1
5301 .long 2
5302 .long 3
5303 .long 4
5304 .long 5
5305@end example
5306
5307@ftable @code
5308@item .macro @var{macname}
5309@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5310@cindex @code{macro} directive
5311Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5312definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5313separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5314indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5315@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5316(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5317macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5318cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5319subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5320definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5321
5322@table @code
5323@item .macro comm
5324Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5325arguments.
5326
6258339f 5327@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5328@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5329Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5330which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5331@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5332
5333@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5334Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5335arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5336After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5337@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5338@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5339,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5340@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5341
6eaeac8a
JB
5342@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5343Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5344arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5345not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5346will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5347
252b5132
RH
5348When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5349position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5350@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5351
6258339f
NC
5352@end table
5353
5e75c3ab
JB
5354Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5355as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5356occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5357characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5358(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5359architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5360character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5361replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5362construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5363identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5364this macro definition:
5365
5366@example
5367 .macro label l
5368\l:
5369 .endm
5370@end example
5371
5372might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5373called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5374assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5375identifier.
5376
5377Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5378which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5379for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5380length specifier like this:
5381
5382@example
5383 .macro opcode base length
5384 \base.\length
5385 .endm
5386@end example
5387
5388and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5389instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5390interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5391
5392There are several possible ways around this problem:
5393
5394@table @code
5395@item Insert white space
5396If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5397solution. eg:
5398
5399@example
5400 .macro label l
5401\l :
5402 .endm
5403@end example
5404
5405@item Use @samp{\()}
5406The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5407the following text. eg:
5408
5409@example
5410 .macro opcode base length
5411 \base\().\length
5412 .endm
5413@end example
5414
5415@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5416In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5417used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5418
5419@example
5420 .altmacro
5421 .macro label l
5422l&:
5423 .endm
5424@end example
6258339f 5425@end table
5e75c3ab 5426
96e9638b
BW
5427Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
5428also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
5429and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5430
252b5132
RH
5431@item .endm
5432@cindex @code{endm} directive
5433Mark the end of a macro definition.
5434
5435@item .exitm
5436@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5437Exit early from the current macro definition.
5438
5439@cindex number of macros executed
5440@cindex macros, count executed
5441@item \@@
a4fb0134 5442@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5443executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5444output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5445
252b5132
RH
5446@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5447@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5448macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5449@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5450@end ftable
252b5132 5451
ccf8a69b
BW
5452@node MRI
5453@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5454
ccf8a69b
BW
5455@cindex @code{mri} directive
5456@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5457If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5458@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5459affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5460of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5461
caa32fe5
NC
5462@node Noaltmacro
5463@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5464Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5465
252b5132
RH
5466@node Nolist
5467@section @code{.nolist}
5468
5469@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5470@cindex listing control, turning off
5471Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5472not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5473internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5474counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5475generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5476
5477@node Octa
5478@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5479
5480@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5481@cindex @code{octa} directive
5482@cindex integer, 16-byte
5483@cindex sixteen byte integer
5484This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5485bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5486
5487The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5488hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5489
5490@node Org
5491@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5492
5493@cindex @code{org} directive
5494@cindex location counter, advancing
5495@cindex advancing location counter
5496@cindex current address, advancing
5497Advance the location counter of the current section to
5498@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5499expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5500you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5501wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5502with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5503@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5504is the same as the current subsection.
5505
5506@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5507unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5508backwards.
5509
5510@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5511@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5512@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5513Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5514may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5515a chance to share your improved assembler.
5516
5517Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5518to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5519people's assemblers.
5520
5521When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5522intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5523absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5524@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5525
5526@node P2align
5527@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5528
5529@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5530@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5531Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5532storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5533number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5534advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5535counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5536multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5537
5538The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5539padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5540padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5541marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5542with no-op instructions.
5543
5544The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5545it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5546directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5547specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5548fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5549required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5550with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5551
5552@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5553@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5554The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5555@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5556pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5557fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55582,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5559filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5560the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5561undefined.
5562
ccf8a69b
BW
5563@ifset ELF
5564@node PopSection
5565@section @code{.popsection}
5566
5567@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5568@cindex Section Stack
5569This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
5570@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5571@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
5572(@pxref{Previous}).
5573
5574This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5575section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
5576stack.
5577@end ifset
5578
c91d2e08
NC
5579@ifset ELF
5580@node Previous
5581@section @code{.previous}
5582
c1253627 5583@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5584@cindex Section Stack
5585This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5586@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5587@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5588(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5589
5590This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5591referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5592@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5593subsections). For example:
5594
5595@smallexample
5596.section A
5597 .subsection 1
5598 .word 0x1234
5599 .subsection 2
5600 .word 0x5678
5601.previous
5602 .word 0x9abc
5603@end smallexample
5604
5605Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5606section A. Whilst:
5607
5608@smallexample
5609.section A
5610.subsection 1
5611 # Now in section A subsection 1
5612 .word 0x1234
5613.section B
5614.subsection 0
5615 # Now in section B subsection 0
5616 .word 0x5678
5617.subsection 1
5618 # Now in section B subsection 1
5619 .word 0x9abc
5620.previous
5621 # Now in section B subsection 0
5622 .word 0xdef0
5623@end smallexample
5624
5625Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5626section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5627
5628In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5629the top section on the section stack.
5630@end ifset
5631
252b5132
RH
5632@node Print
5633@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5634
5635@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5636@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5637assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5638
c91d2e08
NC
5639@ifset ELF
5640@node Protected
5641@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5642
c1253627
NC
5643@cindex @code{protected} directive
5644@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5645This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5646@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5647
5648This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5649their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5650@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5651components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5652component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
5653this.
5654@end ifset
5655
252b5132
RH
5656@node Psize
5657@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5658
5659@cindex @code{psize} directive
5660@cindex listing control: paper size
5661@cindex paper size, for listings
5662Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5663number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5664
5665If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5666of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5667default width is 200 columns.
5668
a4fb0134 5669@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5670lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5671@code{.eject}).
5672
5673If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5674those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5675
5676@node Purgem
5677@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5678
5679@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5680Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5681expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5682
c91d2e08
NC
5683@ifset ELF
5684@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5685@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5686
c1253627 5687@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5688@cindex Section Stack
5689This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5690@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5691@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
5692(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5693
e9863d7f
DJ
5694This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5695top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5696subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5697@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5698as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5699@end ifset
5700
252b5132
RH
5701@node Quad
5702@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5703
5704@cindex @code{quad} directive
5705@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5706each bignum, it emits
5707@ifclear bignum-16
5708an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5709warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5710@cindex eight-byte integer
5711@cindex integer, 8-byte
5712
5713The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5714hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5715@end ifclear
5716@ifset bignum-16
5717a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5718warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5719@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5720@cindex integer, 16-byte
5721@end ifset
5722
05e9452c
AM
5723@node Reloc
5724@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5725
5726@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5727Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5728@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5729the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5730symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5731@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5732absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5733targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5734relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5735section.
5736
252b5132
RH
5737@node Rept
5738@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5739
5740@cindex @code{rept} directive
5741Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5742@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5743
5744For example, assembling
5745
5746@example
5747 .rept 3
5748 .long 0
5749 .endr
5750@end example
5751
5752is equivalent to assembling
5753
5754@example
5755 .long 0
5756 .long 0
5757 .long 0
5758@end example
5759
5760@node Sbttl
5761@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5762
5763@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5764@cindex subtitles for listings
5765@cindex listing control: subtitle
5766Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5767title line) when generating assembly listings.
5768
5769This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5770it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5771
5772@ifset COFF
5773@node Scl
5774@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5775
5776@cindex @code{scl} directive
5777@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5778@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5779Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5780used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5781whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5782symbolic debugging information.
5783@ifset BOUT
5784
5785The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5786configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5787accepts this directive but ignores it.
5788@end ifset
5789@end ifset
5790
c1253627 5791@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5792@node Section
c1253627 5793@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5794
252b5132
RH
5795@cindex named section
5796Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5797named @var{name}.
5798
5799This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5800named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5801with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5802
c1253627
NC
5803@ifset COFF
5804@ifset ELF
5805@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5806@subheading COFF Version
5807@end ifset
5808
5809@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5810For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5811ways:
c91d2e08 5812
252b5132
RH
5813@smallexample
5814.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5815.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5816@end smallexample
5817
5818If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5819section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5820@table @code
5821@item b
5822bss section (uninitialized data)
5823@item n
5824section is not loaded
5825@item w
5826writable section
5827@item d
5828data section
5829@item r
5830read-only section
5831@item x
5832executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5833@item s
5834shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5835@item a
5836ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5837@item y
5838section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5839@item 0-9
5840single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5841@end table
5842
5843If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5844the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5845loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5846from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5847will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5848
5849If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5850taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5851@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5852
5853@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5854@ifset COFF
5855@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5856@subheading ELF Version
5857@end ifset
5858
c91d2e08
NC
5859@cindex Section Stack
5860This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5861@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
5862(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5863@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5864
c1253627 5865@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5866For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5867
252b5132 5868@smallexample
7047dd1e 5869.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5870@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5871
252b5132 5872The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5873combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5874@table @code
5875@item a
5876section is allocatable
5877@item w
5878section is writable
5879@item x
5880section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5881@item M
5882section is mergeable
5883@item S
5884section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5885@item G
5886section is a member of a section group
5887@item T
5888section is used for thread-local-storage
252b5132
RH
5889@end table
5890
5891The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5892@table @code
5893@item @@progbits
5894section contains data
5895@item @@nobits
5896section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5897@item @@note
5898section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5899@item @@init_array
5900section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5901@item @@fini_array
5902section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5903@item @@preinit_array
5904section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5905@end table
5906
10b016c2
PB
5907Many targets only support the first three section types.
5908
ececec60
NC
5909Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5910ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5911@code{%} character.
5912
22fe14ad 5913If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5914be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5915
5916@smallexample
5917.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5918@end smallexample
5919
5920Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5921constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5922@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5923@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5924the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5925absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5926which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5927@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5928@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5929
5930If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5931be present along with an additional field like this:
5932
5933@smallexample
5934.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5935@end smallexample
5936
5937The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5938particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5939@table @code
5940@item comdat
5941indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5942@item .gnu.linkonce
5943an alias for comdat
5944@end table
5945
96e9638b 5946Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5947the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5948
5949@smallexample
5950.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5951@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5952
252b5132
RH
5953If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5954the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5955none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5956executable. The section will contain data.
5957
5958For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5959directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5960
252b5132
RH
5961@smallexample
5962.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5963@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5964
252b5132
RH
5965Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5966separated flags:
5967@table @code
5968@item #alloc
5969section is allocatable
5970@item #write
5971section is writable
5972@item #execinstr
5973section is executable
22fe14ad
NC
5974@item #tls
5975section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5976@end table
c91d2e08 5977
e9863d7f
DJ
5978This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5979contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5980some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5981work.
c1253627
NC
5982@end ifset
5983@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5984
5985@node Set
5986@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5987
5988@cindex @code{set} directive
5989@cindex symbol value, setting
5990Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5991changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5992@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5993flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5994
5995You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5996
5997If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5998file is the last value stored into it.
5999
3c9b82ba
NC
6000@ifset Z80
6001On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6002@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6003@end ifset
6004
252b5132
RH
6005@node Short
6006@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6007
6008@cindex @code{short} directive
6009@ifset GENERIC
6010@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6011@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6012
6013In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6014numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6015@end ifset
6016@ifclear GENERIC
6017@ifset W16
6018@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6019@end ifset
6020@ifset W32
6021This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6022a 16 bit number for each.
6023@end ifset
6024@end ifclear
6025
6026@node Single
6027@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6028
6029@cindex @code{single} directive
6030@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6031This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6032has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6033@ifset GENERIC
6034The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6035@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6036@end ifset
6037@ifclear GENERIC
6038@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6039On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6040numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6041@end ifset
6042@end ifclear
6043
c1253627 6044@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6045@node Size
c1253627 6046@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6047
c1253627
NC
6048This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6049
6050@ifset COFF
6051@ifset ELF
6052@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6053@subheading COFF Version
6054@end ifset
6055
6056@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6057For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6058@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6059
6060@smallexample
6061.size @var{expression}
6062@end smallexample
252b5132 6063
c91d2e08 6064@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6065@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6066@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6067ignores it.
6068@end ifset
c1253627 6069@end ifset
c91d2e08 6070
c1253627
NC
6071@ifset ELF
6072@ifset COFF
6073@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6074@subheading ELF Version
6075@end ifset
6076
6077@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6078For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6079
c1253627
NC
6080@smallexample
6081.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6082@end smallexample
6083
6084This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6085The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6086arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6087symbols.
c1253627
NC
6088@end ifset
6089@end ifset
252b5132 6090
252b5132
RH
6091@ifclear no-space-dir
6092@node Skip
6093@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6094
6095@cindex @code{skip} directive
6096@cindex filling memory
6097This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6098@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6099@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6100@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6101@end ifclear
252b5132 6102
ccf8a69b
BW
6103@node Sleb128
6104@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6105
6106@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
6107@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
6108compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6109symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6110
884f0d36 6111@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6112@node Space
6113@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6114
6115@cindex @code{space} directive
6116@cindex filling memory
6117This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6118@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6119and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6120as @samp{.skip}.
6121
6122@ifset HPPA
6123@quotation
6124@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6125targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6126Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6127@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6128for a summary.
6129@end quotation
6130@end ifset
6131@end ifclear
6132
252b5132
RH
6133@ifset have-stabs
6134@node Stab
6135@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6136
6137@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6138@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6139There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6140All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6141The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6142cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6143Up to five fields are required:
6144
6145@table @var
6146@item string
6147This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6148@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6149debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6150using this field.
6151
6152@item type
6153An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6154this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6155and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6156
6157@item other
6158An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6159low 8 bits of this expression.
6160
6161@item desc
6162An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6163bits of this expression.
6164
6165@item value
6166An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6167@end table
6168
6169If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6170or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6171you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6172compatible with earlier assemblers!
6173
6174@table @code
6175@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6176@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6177
6178The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6179It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6180null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6181strings.
6182
6183The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6184relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6185is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6186assembled.
6187
6188@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6189@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6190The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6191
6192@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6193@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6194All five fields are specified.
6195@end table
6196@end ifset
6197@c end have-stabs
6198
6199@node String
38a57ae7
NC
6200@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
6201"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6202
6203@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6204@cindex string8, copying to object file
6205@cindex string16, copying to object file
6206@cindex string32, copying to object file
6207@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6208@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6209@cindex @code{string8} directive
6210@cindex @code{string16} directive
6211@cindex @code{string32} directive
6212@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6213
6214Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6215one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6216particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6217You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6218
38a57ae7
NC
6219The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
6220the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6221copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6222are stored in target endianness byte order.
6223
6224Example:
6225@smallexample
6226 .string32 "BYE"
6227expands to:
6228 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6229 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6230@end smallexample
6231
6232
252b5132
RH
6233@node Struct
6234@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6235
6236@cindex @code{struct} directive
6237Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6238which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6239@smallexample
6240 .struct 0
6241field1:
6242 .struct field1 + 4
6243field2:
6244 .struct field2 + 4
6245field3:
6246@end smallexample
6247This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6248@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6249value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6250use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6251before further assembly.
6252
c91d2e08
NC
6253@ifset ELF
6254@node SubSection
6255@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6256
c1253627 6257@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6258@cindex Section Stack
6259This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6260@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6261@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
6262(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6263
6264This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6265section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6266in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6267@end ifset
6268
252b5132
RH
6269@ifset ELF
6270@node Symver
6271@section @code{.symver}
6272@cindex @code{symver} directive
6273@cindex symbol versioning
6274@cindex versions of symbols
6275Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6276within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6277typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6278There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6279into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6280shared library.
6281
79082ff0 6282For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6283@smallexample
6284.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6285@end smallexample
339681c0 6286If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6287being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6288alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6289just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6290permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6291of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6292itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6293have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6294file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6295function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6296the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6297building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6298symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6299nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6300
6301If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6302references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6303reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6304symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6305
6306Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6307@smallexample
6308.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6309@end smallexample
6310In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6311the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6312difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6313references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6314
6315The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6316@smallexample
6317.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6318@end smallexample
6319When @var{name} is not defined within the
6320file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6321@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6322name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6323@end ifset
6324
6325@ifset COFF
6326@node Tag
6327@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6328
6329@cindex COFF structure debugging
6330@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6331@cindex @code{tag} directive
6332This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6333information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6334@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6335definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6336@ifset BOUT
6337
6338@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6339@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6340ignores it.
6341@end ifset
6342@end ifset
6343
6344@node Text
6345@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6346
6347@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6348Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6349the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6350expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6351is used.
6352
6353@node Title
6354@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6355
6356@cindex @code{title} directive
6357@cindex listing control: title line
6358Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6359source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6360
6361This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6362it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6363
c1253627 6364@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6365@node Type
c1253627
NC
6366@section @code{.type}
6367
6368This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6369
6370@ifset COFF
6371@ifset ELF
6372@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6373@subheading COFF Version
6374@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6375
6376@cindex COFF symbol type
6377@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6378@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6379For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6380@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6381
6382@smallexample
6383.type @var{int}
6384@end smallexample
6385
6386This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6387entry.
252b5132 6388
c91d2e08 6389@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6390@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6391@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6392directive but ignores it.
6393@end ifset
c1253627 6394@end ifset
c91d2e08 6395
c1253627
NC
6396@ifset ELF
6397@ifset COFF
6398@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6399@subheading ELF Version
6400@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6401
6402@cindex ELF symbol type
6403@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6404@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6405For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6406
6407@smallexample
6408.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6409@end smallexample
6410
6411This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6412function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6413supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6414compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6415
6416Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6417@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6418below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6419the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6420maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6421assemblers.
6422
6423The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6424
6425@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6426 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6427 .type <name>,#<type>
6428 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6429 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6430 .type <name>,"<type>"
6431@end smallexample
6432
6433The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6434
5671778d
NC
6435@table @gcctabopt
6436@item STT_FUNC
6437@itemx function
6438Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6439
d8045f23
NC
6440@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6441@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6442Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6443processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6444
5671778d
NC
6445@item STT_OBJECT
6446@itemx object
6447Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6448
6449@item STT_TLS
6450@itemx tls_object
6451Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6452
6453@item STT_COMMON
6454@itemx common
6455Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6456
6457@item STT_NOTYPE
6458@itemx notype
6459Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6460
3e7a7d11
NC
6461@item gnu_unique_object
6462Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6463will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6464name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6465
5671778d
NC
6466@end table
6467
6468Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6469
c1253627
NC
6470@end ifset
6471@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6472
6473@node Uleb128
6474@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6475
6476@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
6477@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
6478compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6479symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6480
6481@ifset COFF
6482@node Val
6483@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6484
6485@cindex @code{val} directive
6486@cindex COFF value attribute
6487@cindex value attribute, COFF
6488This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6489records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6490entry.
6491@ifset BOUT
6492
a4fb0134 6493@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6494configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6495@end ifset
6496@end ifset
6497
2e13b764 6498@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6499@node Version
6500@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6501
c1253627 6502@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6503This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6504formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6505@end ifset
2e13b764 6506
c91d2e08
NC
6507@ifset ELF
6508@node VTableEntry
6509@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6510
653cfe85 6511@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6512This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6513@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6514
c91d2e08
NC
6515@node VTableInherit
6516@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6517
653cfe85 6518@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6519This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6520@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6521parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6522parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6523@end ifset
2e13b764 6524
d190d046
HPN
6525@node Warning
6526@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6527@cindex warning directive
6528Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6529(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6530
c91d2e08
NC
6531@node Weak
6532@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6533
c1253627 6534@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6535This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6536@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6537
977cdf5a
NC
6538On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
6539directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6540@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6541
977cdf5a
NC
6542On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
6543When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
6544alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6545
06e77878
AO
6546@node Weakref
6547@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6548
6549@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6550This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6551be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6552If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6553will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6554symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6555
6556The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6557assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6558symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6559resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6560had the references to the alias removed.
6561
6562The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6563within the assembler.
6564
252b5132
RH
6565@node Word
6566@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6567
6568@cindex @code{word} directive
6569This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6570separated by commas.
6571@ifclear GENERIC
6572@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6573For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6574@end ifset
6575@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6576For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6577@end ifset
6578@end ifclear
6579@ifset GENERIC
6580
6581The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6582depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6583@end ifset
6584
6585@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6586@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6587@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6588@cindex difference tables altered
6589@cindex altered difference tables
6590@quotation
6591@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6592@end quotation
6593
6594@ifset GENERIC
6595Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6596addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6597interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6598@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6599
6600@end ifset
6601In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6602@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6603Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6604compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6605directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6606@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6607creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6608This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6609first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6610of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6611table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6612contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6613@code{sym2}.
6614
6615If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6616secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6617@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6618long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6619and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6620minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6621entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6622
6623@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6624@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6625@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6626assembly language programmers.
6627@end ifset
6628@end ifset
6629@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6630
6631@node Deprecated
6632@section Deprecated Directives
6633
6634@cindex deprecated directives
6635@cindex obsolescent directives
6636One day these directives won't work.
6637They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6638@table @t
6639@item .abort
6640@item .line
6641@end table
6642
3a99f02f
DJ
6643@ifset ELF
6644@node Object Attributes
6645@chapter Object Attributes
6646@cindex object attributes
6647
6648@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6649into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6650Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6651point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6652requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6653passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6654hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6655generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6656newer generation at run-time.
6657
6658This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6659@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6660time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6661correctly.
6662
6663Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6664attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6665string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6666and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6667or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6668attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6669
6670Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6671The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6672
6673@menu
6674* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6675* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6676@end menu
6677
6678@node GNU Object Attributes
6679@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6680
6681The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6682with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6683
6684Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6685its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6686an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
66872} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6688architecture-dependent ones.
6689
6690@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6691
6692These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6693
6694@table @r
6695@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6696The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6697the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6698then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6699than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6700arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6701@end table
6702
6703@subsection MIPS Attributes
6704
6705@table @r
6706@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6707The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6708
6709@itemize @bullet
6710@item
67110 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6712@item
67131 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6714FPU.
6715@item
67162 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6717@item
67183 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6719@item
67204 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6721double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6722purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6723@end itemize
6724@end table
6725
6726@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6727
6728@table @r
6729@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6730The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6731
6732@itemize @bullet
6733@item
67340 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6735@item
3c7b9897 67361 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6737@item
67382 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6739@item
67403 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6741@end itemize
6742
6743@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6744The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6745
6746@itemize @bullet
6747@item
67480 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6749@item
67501 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6751@item
67522 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6753@item
67543 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6755@end itemize
6756@end table
6757
6758@node Defining New Object Attributes
6759@section Defining New Object Attributes
6760
6761If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6762will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6763mailing list.
6764
6765@itemize @bullet
6766@item
6767This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6768@item
6769The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6770@item
6771The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6772and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6773@item
6774Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6775@item
6776@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6777@item
6778GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6779@end itemize
6780
6781@end ifset
6782
252b5132
RH
6783@ifset GENERIC
6784@node Machine Dependencies
6785@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6786
6787@cindex machine dependencies
6788The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6789each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6790vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6791directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6792assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6793@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6794optimization.
6795
6796This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6797include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6798subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6799
6800@menu
625e1353
RH
6801@ifset ALPHA
6802* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6803@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6804@ifset ARC
6805* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6806@end ifset
6807@ifset ARM
6808* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6809@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6810@ifset AVR
6811* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6812@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6813@ifset Blackfin
6814* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6815@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6816@ifset CR16
6817* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6818@end ifset
8bf549a8 6819@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6820* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6821@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6822@ifset D10V
6823* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6824@end ifset
6825@ifset D30V
6826* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6827@end ifset
6828@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6829* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6830@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6831@ifset HPPA
6832* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6833@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6834@ifset I370
6835* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6836@end ifset
252b5132 6837@ifset I80386
55b62671 6838* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6839@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6840@ifset I860
6841* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6842@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6843@ifset I960
6844* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6845@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6846@ifset IA64
6847* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6848@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6849@ifset IP2K
6850* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6851@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6852@ifset LM32
6853* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6854@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6855@ifset M32C
6856* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6857@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6858@ifset M32R
6859* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6860@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6861@ifset M680X0
6862* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6863@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6864@ifset M68HC11
6865* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6866@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6867@ifset MICROBLAZE
6868* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6869@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6870@ifset MIPS
6871* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6872@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6873@ifset MMIX
6874* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6875@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6876@ifset MSP430
6877* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6878@end ifset
252b5132 6879@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6880* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6881* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6882@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6883@ifset PDP11
6884* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6885@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6886@ifset PJ
6887* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6888@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6889@ifset PPC
6890* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6891@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6892@ifset RX
6893* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6894@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6895@ifset S390
6896* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6897@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6898@ifset SCORE
6899* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6900@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6901@ifset SPARC
6902* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6903@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6904@ifset TIC54X
6905* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6906@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6907@ifset TIC6X
6908* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6909@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6910@ifset V850
6911* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6912@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6913@ifset XTENSA
6914* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6915@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6916@ifset Z80
6917* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6918@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6919@ifset Z8000
6920* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6921@end ifset
6922@ifset VAX
6923* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6924@end ifset
6925@end menu
6926
6927@lowersections
6928@end ifset
6929
6930@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6931@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6932@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6933@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6934@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6935@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6936@c in both conditional blocks.
6937
625e1353
RH
6938@ifset ALPHA
6939@include c-alpha.texi
6940@end ifset
6941
6942@ifset ARC
6943@include c-arc.texi
6944@end ifset
6945
252b5132
RH
6946@ifset ARM
6947@include c-arm.texi
6948@end ifset
6949
8473f7a4
DC
6950@ifset AVR
6951@include c-avr.texi
6952@end ifset
6953
3b4e1885 6954@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6955@include c-bfin.texi
6956@end ifset
6957
3d3d428f
NC
6958@ifset CR16
6959@include c-cr16.texi
6960@end ifset
6961
328eb32e
HPN
6962@ifset CRIS
6963@include c-cris.texi
6964@end ifset
6965
c2dcd04e 6966@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6967@ifclear GENERIC
6968@node Machine Dependencies
6969@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6970
c2dcd04e 6971The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6972and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6973chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6974family.
6975
6976@menu
c2dcd04e 6977* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6978* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6979@end menu
6980@lowersections
6981@end ifclear
6982@end ifset
6983
6984@ifset D10V
6985@include c-d10v.texi
6986@end ifset
6987
6988@ifset D30V
6989@include c-d30v.texi
6990@end ifset
6991
6992@ifset H8/300
6993@include c-h8300.texi
6994@end ifset
6995
252b5132
RH
6996@ifset HPPA
6997@include c-hppa.texi
6998@end ifset
6999
5b93d8bb
AM
7000@ifset I370
7001@include c-i370.texi
7002@end ifset
7003
252b5132
RH
7004@ifset I80386
7005@include c-i386.texi
7006@end ifset
7007
e3308d0d
JE
7008@ifset I860
7009@include c-i860.texi
7010@end ifset
7011
252b5132
RH
7012@ifset I960
7013@include c-i960.texi
7014@end ifset
7015
9e32ca89
NC
7016@ifset IA64
7017@include c-ia64.texi
7018@end ifset
7019
a40cbfa3
NC
7020@ifset IP2K
7021@include c-ip2k.texi
7022@end ifset
7023
84e94c90
NC
7024@ifset LM32
7025@include c-lm32.texi
7026@end ifset
7027
49f58d10
JB
7028@ifset M32C
7029@include c-m32c.texi
7030@end ifset
7031
ec694b89
NC
7032@ifset M32R
7033@include c-m32r.texi
7034@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7035
7036@ifset M680X0
7037@include c-m68k.texi
7038@end ifset
7039
60bcf0fa
NC
7040@ifset M68HC11
7041@include c-m68hc11.texi
7042@end ifset
7043
7ba29e2a
NC
7044@ifset MICROBLAZE
7045@include c-microblaze.texi
7046@end ifset
7047
252b5132
RH
7048@ifset MIPS
7049@include c-mips.texi
7050@end ifset
7051
3c3bdf30
NC
7052@ifset MMIX
7053@include c-mmix.texi
7054@end ifset
7055
2469cfa2
NC
7056@ifset MSP430
7057@include c-msp430.texi
7058@end ifset
7059
252b5132
RH
7060@ifset NS32K
7061@include c-ns32k.texi
7062@end ifset
7063
e135f41b
NC
7064@ifset PDP11
7065@include c-pdp11.texi
7066@end ifset
7067
041dd5a9
ILT
7068@ifset PJ
7069@include c-pj.texi
7070@end ifset
7071
418c1742
MG
7072@ifset PPC
7073@include c-ppc.texi
7074@end ifset
7075
046d31c2
NC
7076@ifset RX
7077@include c-rx.texi
7078@end ifset
7079
11c19e16
MS
7080@ifset S390
7081@include c-s390.texi
7082@end ifset
7083
c0157db4
NC
7084@ifset SCORE
7085@include c-score.texi
7086@end ifset
7087
252b5132
RH
7088@ifset SH
7089@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7090@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7091@end ifset
7092
7093@ifset SPARC
7094@include c-sparc.texi
7095@end ifset
7096
39bec121
TW
7097@ifset TIC54X
7098@include c-tic54x.texi
7099@end ifset
7100
40b36596
JM
7101@ifset TIC6X
7102@include c-tic6x.texi
7103@end ifset
7104
3c9b82ba
NC
7105@ifset Z80
7106@include c-z80.texi
7107@end ifset
7108
252b5132
RH
7109@ifset Z8000
7110@include c-z8k.texi
7111@end ifset
7112
7113@ifset VAX
7114@include c-vax.texi
7115@end ifset
7116
7117@ifset V850
7118@include c-v850.texi
7119@end ifset
7120
e0001a05
NC
7121@ifset XTENSA
7122@include c-xtensa.texi
7123@end ifset
7124
252b5132
RH
7125@ifset GENERIC
7126@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7127@raisesections
7128@end ifset
7129
7130@node Reporting Bugs
7131@chapter Reporting Bugs
7132@cindex bugs in assembler
7133@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7134
a4fb0134 7135Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7136
7137Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7138not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7139entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7140Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7141
7142In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7143information that enables us to fix the bug.
7144
7145@menu
7146* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7147* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7148@end menu
7149
7150@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7151@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7152@cindex bug criteria
7153
7154If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7155
7156@itemize @bullet
7157@cindex fatal signal
7158@cindex assembler crash
7159@cindex crash of assembler
7160@item
7161If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7162@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7163
7164@cindex error on valid input
7165@item
a4fb0134 7166If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7167
7168@cindex invalid input
7169@item
a4fb0134 7170If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7171is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7172be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7173
7174@item
7175If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7176of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7177@end itemize
7178
7179@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7180@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7181@cindex bug reports
7182@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7183
7184A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7185you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7186contact that organization first.
7187
7188You can find contact information for many support companies and
7189individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7190distribution.
7191
ad22bfe8 7192@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7193In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7194to @value{BUGURL}.
7195@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7196
7197The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7198@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7199fact or leave it out, state it!
7200
7201Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7202and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7203name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7204not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7205happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7206perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7207the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7208give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7209and the most helpful.
7210
7211Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7212it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7213that the bug has not been reported previously.
7214
7215Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7216bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7217respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7218You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7219
7220To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7221
7222@itemize @bullet
7223@item
a4fb0134 7224The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7225it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7226
7227Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7228the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7229
7230@item
a4fb0134 7231Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7232
7233@item
7234The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7235version number.
7236
7237@item
a4fb0134 7238What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7239``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7240
7241@item
7242The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7243observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7244all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7245
7246If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7247and then we might not encounter the bug.
7248
7249@item
7250A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7251the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7252high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7253when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7254the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7255file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7256@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7257
7258@item
7259A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7260incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7261
a4fb0134 7262Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7263will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7264notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7265make a mistake.
7266
7267Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7268explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7269@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7270library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7271would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7272would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7273expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7274observations.
7275
7276@item
a4fb0134 7277If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7278diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7279option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7280discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7281by line number.
7282
7283The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7284sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7285@end itemize
7286
7287Here are some things that are not necessary:
7288
7289@itemize @bullet
7290@item
7291A description of the envelope of the bug.
7292
7293Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7294which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7295changes will not affect it.
7296
7297This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7298will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7299with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7300We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7301
7302Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7303of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7304output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7305less time, and so on.
7306
7307However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7308report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7309
7310@item
7311A patch for the bug.
7312
7313A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7314the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7315a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7316to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7317
a4fb0134 7318Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7319construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7320the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7321one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7322
7323And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7324patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7325help us to understand.
7326
7327@item
7328A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7329
7330Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7331things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7332@end itemize
7333
7334@node Acknowledgements
7335@chapter Acknowledgements
7336
653cfe85 7337If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132
RH
7338it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
7339maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7340@c (January 1994),
7341the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7342
7343Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7344more details?}
7345
7346Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7347information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7348extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7349
7350K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7351many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7352up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7353testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7354including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7355and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7356support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7357port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7358file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7359assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7360
7361Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7362in format-specific I/O modules.
7363
7364The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7365has done much work with it since.
7366
7367The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7368
7369Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7370
7371The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7372University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7373
7374Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7375(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7376(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7377support a.out format.
7378
7be1c489
AM
7379Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7380tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7381Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7382use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7383targets.
7384
7385John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7386simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7387updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7388fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7389remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7390cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7391required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7392
7393Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
739468k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7395added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7396PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7397
653cfe85 7398Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7399
7400Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7401
7402Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7403along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7404formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7405the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7406
7407Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7408Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7409Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7410Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7411and some initial 64-bit support).
7412
c1253627 7413Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7414
252b5132
RH
7415Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7416support for openVMS/Alpha.
7417
39bec121
TW
7418Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7419flavors.
7420
e0001a05 7421David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7422Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7423
252b5132
RH
7424Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7425configuration enhancements.
7426
84e94c90
NC
7427Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7428
252b5132
RH
7429Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7430you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7431want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7432intentionally leaving anyone out.
7433
793c5807
NC
7434@node GNU Free Documentation License
7435@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7436@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7437
370b66a1
CD
7438@node AS Index
7439@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7440
7441@printindex cp
7442
252b5132
RH
7443@bye
7444@c Local Variables:
7445@c fill-column: 79
7446@c End: